You are on page 1of 96

Research Methods

Books, Journals & Textbooks Catalogue

2013

sagepub.co.uk

Research Methods | 2013

Welcome...
Welcome to our Research Methods catalogue for 2013. SAGE offers an unrivalled range of materials from introductory textbooks for first courses on Research Methods and Statistics, to postgraduate texts, tools and resources covering the entire research process. 2013 is a stellar year for new editions of our best-selling Research Methods texts, including the fourth edition of Andy Fields, Discovering Statistics with IBM SPSS Statistics and David Silvermans, Doing Qualitative Research. From Kathy Charmaz, we also have a new edition of Constructing Grounded Theory, and from Keith Punch, the much anticipated new edition of Introduction to Social Research. As the needs of our customers are changing, so are the options for accessing our research methods content. All of our books are now available as ebooks for individual purchase and were continuing to add to our online research tool, SAGE Research Methods (www.srmo.sagepub.com), which contains over 640 methods books, including the little green and blue books, encyclopaedias and handbooks and video content. Methodspace, our online methods community, continues to grow and we now have over 14,000 members worldwide. Register for free and join the debate at www.methodspace.com! This catalogue includes only our most recent and popular titles, so if you cant find what youre looking for here, please visit our website at www.sagepub.co.uk, where you can find full details of all of our books, journals and electronic products. If you are planning a Research Methods or Statistics course, you can even pick and choose content from our growing list of over 1,200 textbooks, reference works and journals in Research Methods, as well as content from the many other disciplines we publish in, to create course material that exactly matches what and how you teach. For advice on creating bespoke material contact your local representative at www.sagepub.co.uk/ ndmyrep or see page 86. If youd like to find out more about writing or editing a Research Methods publication, please contact us our contact details are on the opposite page. We hope you enjoy reading our new offerings in 2013!

Katie Metzler Commissioning Editor Research Methods katie.metzler@sagepub.co.uk Jai Seaman Commissioning Editor Research Methods jai.seaman@sagepub.co.uk

Key new titles


P48 P31 P28 P22 P4

P12

P61

P13

P24

P54

Research Methods | 2013

Contact us
1 Olivers Yard, 55 City Road, London, EC1Y 1SP +44 (0)20 7324 8500 www.sagepub.co.uk +44 (0)20 7324 8600

Contents
General Research Methods .......................................................................2-11 Research Projects ....................................................................................12-14 Philosophy of Research .......................................................................... 14-15 Research Ethics.............................................................................................16 Research Design ..................................................................................... 16-18 Literature Review ..................................................................................... 19-20 Qualitative Research ............................................................................... 21-27 Qualitative Data Analysis ........................................................................ 27-30 Grounded Theory ................................................................................... 31-32 Ethnography ................................................................................................. 32 Action Research ........................................................................................... 33 Interviewing ............................................................................................33-34 Focus Groups ............................................................................................... 34 Case Study Methods ...............................................................................34-35 Narrative Methods ........................................................................................ 35 Visual Methods ........................................................................................35-37 Discourse Analysis / Content Analysis .................................................. 37-38 Online Research .....................................................................................38-40 Mixed Methods Research ............................................................................ 40 Evaluation ................................................................................................ 41-42 Quantitative Methods ................................................................................... 43 Survey Methods ......................................................................................43-45 Social Network Analysis .........................................................................45-47 Statistics ..................................................................................................48-58

Key Contacts
Katie Metzler Commissioning Editor katie.metzler@sagepub.co.uk Jai Seaman Commissioning Editor jai.seaman@sagepub.co.uk Christina Stead Journals Marketing Manager christina.stead@sagepub.co.uk Ben Griffin-Sherwood Senior Books Marketing Manager ben.sherwood@sagepub.co.uk

Keep up-to-date
Tell us which subject areas you are interested in hearing about and well keep you up-to-date with relevant products and special offers. Choose how youd prefer to hear from us, be it by e-mail or post www.sagepub.co.uk/myaccount

Methods for Business & Management ...................................................59-61 Methods for Education ............................................................................ 61-67 Study Skills ................................................................................................... 67 Methods for Nursing, Health & Social Care ........................................... 68-72 Methods for Counselling & Psychotherapy ............................................ 72-73 Methods for Media / Methods for Criminology ...................................... 73-74 Methods for Psychology ......................................................................... 75-77 Methods for Politics & International Relations ............................................ 77 Methods for Sport and Tourism ............................................................ 78-79 New & Recent Major Works ....................................................................80-84 Journals ........................................................................................................ 85

Inspection Copies
Request and manage your inspection copies quickly and easily at www.sagepub.co.uk/inspectioncopy Free electronic inspection copies are also available for lecturers - for details contact your local sales representative at www.sagepub.co.uk/findmyrep

SAGE eBooks
Over 4000 eBooks are now available from SAGE in a wide variety of formats covering every aspect of our publishing programme. Look out for the eBooks symbol when browsing and for a full listing visit www.sagepub.co.uk/ebooks

Green SAGE
We recognise that our business operations have an impact on the environment and are committed to minimising them. Find out more: http://www.uk.sagepub.com/aboutCommunity.nav

the natural home


for authors, editors & societies

General Research Methods

SOCIAL RESEARCH
An Introduction
Second Edition
Matthew David Durham University and Carole D Sutton University of Plymouth This new edition of Matthew David and Carole D Sutton's text provides those new to social research with a comprehensive introduction to the theory, logic and practical methods of qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods research. Covering all aspects of research design, data collection, data analysis and writing up, Social Research is an essential companion for all students embarking on a methods course or social research project.

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
A Step-by-Step Guide for Beginners
Third Edition
Ranjit Kumar University of Western Australia The Third Edition of this bestseller has been updated to now include a greater coverage of qualitative research, while still providing comprehensive treatment of quantitative research methods. The clear steps for doing a research project that feature in this book will make it essential reading for those new to research.
2010 440 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-300-5) 87.00 Paper (978-1-84920-301-2) 28.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: STARTING YOUR RESEARCH / Getting Started: Theory, Research Question and Research Design / Being Ethical / Literature Searching and Reviewing / Theory and Research: Quality and Quantity / PART TWO: DATA COLLECTION STRATEGIES / Introduction to the Process of Qualitative Research / Qualitative Interviewing / Focus Groups / Ethnography / Case Study Research / Collecting Textual and Visual Data: Public and Private / Grounded Theory as an Abductive Approach to Data Collection / Introduction to Quantitative Research Design / Hypotheses, Operationalization and Variables / Sampling / Survey Design / Collecting and Coding Quantitative Data / Methodological Innovations: Mixing Methods and e-Research / PART THREE: DATA ANALYSIS / Introduction to Qualitative Data Analysis / Coding Qualitative Data: Qualitative Content Analysis / Semiotic and Narrative Forms of Discourse Analysis, and Doing Conversation Analysis / Using Computer Software: Working with Nvivo8 / Visual Analysis / Introduction to Quantitative Data Entry / Introduction to Quantitative Data Analysis: Describing Single Variables / Describing and Exploring Relationships between Two Variables / Inferential Statistics and Hypothesis Testing / Data Management Techniques / PART FOUR: PRESENTING RESEARCH / Presenting Research Findings

READERSHIP
Any student taking a research methods course for the first time
2010 680 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-012-4) 91.00 Paper (978-1-84787-013-1) 29.99

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL RESEARCH


Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches
Third Edition
Keith F Punch University of Western Australia In this new edition of Introduction to Social Research, Keith F Punch takes a fresh look at the entire research process, from formulating a research question to writing up the research. Covering qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods, the book focuses on matching research questions to appropriate methods. Offering concise, balanced coverage, this book clearly explains the underlying principles of social research and shows how to put this understanding into practice. The Third Edition includes: a new chapter on literature searching and reviewing expanded coverage of ethics a new section on using the Internet in research a range of additional student learning features a brand new companion Website (www.sagepub.co.uk/punch3e) including full-text journal articles, additional case studies and student exercises. Using a range of examples from student research and published work, the book is an ideal introduction for any social science student taking a research methods course or embarking on their own undergraduate or postgraduate research project.

CONTENTS
Theory and Method in Social Research / Research Questions / From Research Questions to Data / Literature Searching and Reviewing / Qualitative Research Design / Collecting Qualitative Data / The Analysis of Qualitative Data / Quantitative Research Design / Collecting Quantitative Data / The Analysis of Quantitative Data / Mixed Methods Research / Research Writing

READERSHIP
Students across the social sciences
November 2013 352 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4092-2) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4093-9) 26.99

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

General Research Methods

RESEARCHING SOCIETY AND CULTURE


Third Edition
Edited by Clive Seale University of London The much-anticipated Third Edition of Clive Seale's bestselling title further expands its coverage to provide an authoritative introduction to all of the social research methods used to analyze qualitative and quantitative data. Written by internationally renowned experts, every chapter is packed with real-world examples, studentfriendly learning aids and helpful practical tips.

SOCIAL RESEARCH
A Practical Introduction
Bruce Curtis University of Auckland and Cate Curtis University of Waikato Original, fresh and relevant, this is a theoretically informed, practical guide to researching social relations. The textbook provides a mixed methods approach that challenges historical divisions between quantitative and qualitative research. Explicitly addressing the concerns of emergent researchers it provides both a 'how-to' account of social research and an understanding of the main factors that contextualize research - by discussing why social scientists work this way.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: STARTING OUT / Introduction to the Philosophy of Science / Research and Theory / Research and Policy / Ethics and Social Research / Doing a Literature Review / Research Questions and Proposals / Research Design / Sampling / Doing a Dissertation / PART TWO: DOING RESEARCH / Structured Methods: Interviews, Questionnaires and Observation / Qualitative Interviewing / Focus Groups / Doing Ethnography / Doing Historical and Documentary Research / Visual Analysis / Secondary Analysis and Official Statistics / Preparing Data for Statistical Analysis / Statistical Reasoning: From One to Two Variables / Statistical Reasoning: Causal Arguments and Multivariate Analysis / Coding and Analyzing Qualitative Data / Generating Grounded Theory / Discourse Analysis / Analyzing Conversation / Narrative Analysis and Interpretive Phenomenological Analysis / Content and Comparative Keyword Analysis / Combining Qualitative and Quantitative Methods / PART THREE: WRITING, PRESENTING, REFLECTING / Writing a Research Report / Giving Oral Presentations / Validity, Reliability and the Quality of Research / When Things Go Wrong

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION / PART TWO: IN-DEPTH INTERVIEWING - THE INTERACTIVE BASE / PART THREE: LIFE HISTORIES - PRIVATE TROUBLES AND PUBLIC ISSUES / PART FOUR: ETHNOGRAPHIC RESEARCH STUDYING GROUPS IN NATURAL SETTINGS / PART FIVE: FOCUS GROUPS - STUDYING ARTIFICIAL GROUPS / PART SIX: SURVEY RESEARCH STUDYING MANY CASES / PART SEVEN: EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH - IN THE LABORATORY AND BEYOND / PART EIGHT: UNOBTRUSIVE RESEARCH - STUDYING ARTEFACTS AND MATERIAL TRACES / PART NINE: CONTENT RESEARCH - CODING AND COUNTING / PART TEN: SECONDARY RESEARCH - MORE THAN LITERATURE REVIEWS / PART ELEVEN: SEMIOTIC ANALYSIS - STUDYING SIGNS AND MEANINGS / PART TWELVE: AUTOETHNOGRAPHIC RESEARCH - WRITING AND READING THE SELF

READERSHIP
Students and lecturers across the social sciences
November 2011 312 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-474-0) 77.00 Paper (978-1-84787-475-7) 27.99

READERSHIP
Undergraduate and postgraduate students across the social sciences
December 2011 656 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-798-0) 88.00 Paper (978-1-84920-799-7) 28.99

RESEARCHING SOCIAL LIFE SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS


Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches
Second Edition
H Russell Bernard University of Florida This classic text provides a comprehensive guide to doing research in the social and behavioural sciences, from the foundations and research design, to collecting and analyzing data. Rich in examples, this book has been revised and updated to provide today's students with a conceptual understanding of each technique, as well as showing them how to use it.

Third Edition
Edited by Nigel Gilbert University of Surrey The Third Edition of Nigel Gilbert's hugely successful text covers the whole range of methods from quantitative to qualitative in a down-to-earth and unthreatening manner. It offers the best coverage of the full scope of research methods of any of the leading textbooks in the field, making this an essential text for any student starting a research methods course or doing a research project.
2008 576 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-4661-2) 87.00 Paper (978-1-4129-4662-9) 28.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: BACKGROUND TO RESEARCH / About Social Science / The Foundations of Social Research / Preparing for Research / PART TWO: RESEARCH DESIGN / Research Design: Experiments and Experimental Thinking / Sampling: The Basics / Sampling Theory / Nonprobability Sampling / PART THREE: DATA COLLECTION / Interviewing I: Unstructured and Semistructured / Interviewing II: Questionnaires / Interviewing III: Relational Data - Domains and Networks / Scales and Scaling / Participant Observation / Field Notes and Database Management / Direct and Indirect Observation / PART FOUR: DATA ANALYSIS / Introduction to Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis / Analyzing Cultural Domains and Proximity Matrices / Analyzing Qualitative Data I: Applying Logic to Text / Analyzing Qualitative Data II: Grammar Beyond the Sentence / Analyzing Qualitative Data III: Grounded Theory and Content Analysis / Univariate Analysis / Bivariate Analysis: Testing Relations / Multivariate Analysis
May 2012 824 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-7854-5) 39.99

ACTIVE LEARNING EXERCISES FOR RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIAL SCIENCES


Edited by Beth P Skott University of Bridgeport and Masjo Ward This book comprises 29 hands-on, active learning activities for use in research methods courses in the social sciences.
March 2012 192 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8123-1) 22.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

General Research Methods

DOING RESEARCH IN THE REAL WORLD


Third Edition
David E Gray University of Greenwich The Third Edition of David Gray's essential textbook is the ideal companion for any student undertaking a research project. It guides readers smoothly through the research process from start to finish setting out the skills needed to design and conduct effective research. Clear, articulate and comprehensive, the book introduces the reader to the reality of conducting research in the real world. It gives students practical advice on how best to select appropriate projects, design strategies, sources and methods and provides the tools needed to collect, analyze and present data. Applicable to any discipline and firmly rooted in the practicalities of research, there are new and exciting chapters on: using SPSS for quantitative data analysis sampling strategies in quantitative and qualitative research approaches to secondary analysis using focus groups ethnography and participant observation. Packed full of learning features and fully supported by an interactive Companion Website this excellent book enables the student to develop his/her own research. Each chapter contains case studies, student activities and 'top tips' as well as examples taken from actual research projects.

READERSHIP
Students in business studies, education and across the social sciences

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PRINCIPLES AND PLANNING FOR RESEARCH / Theoretical Perspectives and Research Methodologies / Selecting and Planning Research Proposals and Projects / Research Ethics / Searching, Reviewing and Using the Literature / PART TWO: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY / Research Design: Quantitative Methods / Research Design: Qualitative Methods / Research Design: Mixed Methods / Sampling Strategies in Quantitative and Qualitative Research / Designing Descriptive and Analytical Surveys / Designing Case Studies / Designing Evaluations / Action Research and Change / PART THREE: DATA COLLECTION METHODS / Collecting Primary Data: Questionnaires / Collecting Primary Data: Interviewing / Collecting Primary Data: Structured Observation / Collecting Primary Data: Ethnography and Participant Observation / Collecting Primary Data: Focus Groups (See Draft Chapter) / Collecting Primary Data: Unobtrusive Measures / Secondary Analysis / PART FOUR: ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING / Analyzing and Presenting Quantitative Data / Using SPSS for Quantitative Analysis / Analyzing and Presenting Qualitative Data / Writing Up the Research / Preparing for Presentations and Vivas

November 2013 672 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-6018-0) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-6019-7) 29.99

DAVID GRAY
David Gray (BSc (Econ), MA(Ed), MSc, Cert Ed., PhD, FRSA) is Professor of Leadership and Organisational Behaviour at the University of Greenwich. His research interests, and publication record, include research methods, management learning (particularly coaching and mentoring), action learning, reflective learning, and e-learning. He has written books on work-based learning, coaching and teacher education and published in prestigious journals such as Organization Studies, Management Learning, and the International Journal of Human Resource Management.

DAVID

He has been a member of the International Coach Federations global research committee, and is currently editing a European handbook for mentors. David has led a significant number of coaching research programmes both for managers of SMEs, for unemployed managers who want new employment and more recently for unemployed managers who seek to start their own businesses. Whennot writing books he tries to play golf.

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

sample cover

General Research Methods

RESEARCH METHODS
Designing and Conducting Research with a Real-World Focus
Carrie Picardi Sacred Heart University and Kevin Masick Krasnoff Quality Management Institute, a division of the North Shore-LIJ Health System This advanced research methods textbook provides the tools and knowledge required to conduct relevant, high-quality research across a variety of settings, and facilitates knowledge acquisition and development of research skills not only while students are in the research course, but also long after as a reference throughout their careers.
September 2013 432 pages Paper (978-1-4522-3033-7) 35.99

INVESTIGATING THE SOCIAL WORLD


The Process and Practice of Research
Seventh Edition
Russell K Schutt University of Massachusetts, Boston This Seventh Edition continues to make research come alive through stories that illustrate the methods presented in each chapter and hands-on exercises that enable students to learn by doing. It helps readers understand research methods as an integrated whole, appreciate the value of both qualitative and quantitative methodologies, and understand the need to make ethical research decisions.

CONTENTS

REASON & RIGOR


How Conceptual Frameworks Guide Research
Sharon M Ravitch and Matthew Riggan both at University of Pennsylvania Designed for novice as well as more experienced researchers embarking on a thesis or dissertation, this book helps readers understand the functional, comprehensive role of conceptual frameworks in organizing and guiding empirical research.
November 2011 200 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8125-5) 35.99

Science, Society, and Social Research / The Process and Problems of Social Research / Research Ethics and Philosophies / Conceptualization and Measurement / Sampling / Research Design and Causation / Experiments / Survey Research / Qualitative Methods / Qualitative Data Analysis / Evaluation and Policy Research / Historical and Comparative Research / Secondary Data Analysis and Content Analysis / Quantitative Data Analysis / Summarizing and Reporting Research / Appendix A: Summaries of Frequently Cited Research Articles / Appendix B: Questions to Ask About a Research Article / Appendix C: How to Read a Research Article / Appendix D: Table of Random Numbers / Appendix E: How to Use a Statistical Package / Appendix F: Annotated List of Web Sites / Bibliography / Credits / Glossary/Index

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students on research methods courses across the social sciences
December 2011 648 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9980-9) 49.99

THE DYNAMICS OF SOCIALPRACTICE


Everyday Life and how it Changes
Elizabeth Shove University of Lancaster, Mika Pantzar National Consumer Research Centre, Helsinki and Matt Watson University of Sheffield Applying a range of theories and using real-world examples - like the history of car-driving and the emergence of frozen food - this innovative book shows how the 'everyday' forms the basis of social transformation.
September 2011 208 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-042-0) 65.00 Paper (978-0-85702-043-7) 20.99

MAKING SENSE OF THE SOCIAL WORLD


Methods of Investigation
Fourth Edition
Daniel F Chambliss Hamilton College and Russell K Schutt University of Massachusetts, Boston This engaging introduction to social research is for students who need to understand methodologies and results, but who may never conduct research themselves. It provides a balanced treatment of qualitative and quantitative methods, integrating substantive examples and research techniques throughout. It is written in a less formal style than many comparable texts, and is complete with practical examples drawn from everyday experience.

CONTENTS
Science, Society, and Social Research / The Process and Problems of Social Research / Ethics in Research / Conceptualization and Measurement / Sampling / Causation and Experimental Design / Survey Research / Elementary Quantitative Data Analysis / Qualitative Methods: Observing, Participating, Listening / Qualitative Data Analysis / Evaluation Research / Reviewing, Proposing, and Reporting Research / Appendix A: Finding Information / Appendix B: Table of Random Numbers / Appendix C: Secondary Data Sources / Appendix D: How to Use a Statistical Package

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students studying social research methods across the social sciences
March 2012 344 pages Paper (978-1-4522-1771-0) 49.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

General Research Methods

THE HANDBOOK OF FEMINIST RESEARCH


Theory and Praxis
Second Edition
Edited by Sharlene Nagy HesseBiber Boston College Presenting key research concepts, feminist epistemologies, methodologies, and methods as well as up-to-date debates in the field, this handbook provides students and researchers with a key resource for understanding and engaging with this field.
December 2011 792 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-8059-3) 97.00

TRANSCRIBING FOR SOCIAL RESEARCH


Alexa Hepburn Loughborough University and Galina B Bolden Rutgers University This volume describes and assesses key methodological and epistemological debates about the status of transcription in research and the value of alternative approaches. It offers the first book-length exposition of the Jeffersonian transcription conventions and shows how these conventions support the analysis of talk as a medium for social action. The book features important recent developments in transcribing, including: non-vocal conduct talk in languages other than English talk produced by speakers with limited proficiencies such as young children, language learners and people with disabilities.

FEMINIST RESEARCH PRACTICE


A Primer
Second Edition
Edited by Sharlene Nagy HesseBiber Boston College The topic of feminist research has frequently been neglected in standard research methods books; this Primer invites undergraduates to explore the range of feminist perspectives, including feminist empiricist, feminist standpoint and postmodern perspectives, in order to bridge the divide between theory and research methods.
August 2013 448 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9497-2) 33.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THE JEFFERSONIAN TRANSCRIPTION CONVENTIONS / Getting Started and Transcript Layout / Time and Sequence in Transcription / Transcribing Speech Delivery / Transcribing Laughter and Crying / PART TWO: NEW DEVELOPMENTS / Transcribing Visible Conduct / Transcribing for Languages other than English / Issue of Proficiency and Delivery / Software and Data Management for Transcription / PART THREE: DIALOGUES AND DEBATES / Comparing Different Approaches to Transcription / Epistemological Issues in Transcription / Concluding Remarks: Transcription in Analysis

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
December 2013 152 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4703-7) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4704-4) 24.99

RESEARCHING RACISM
A Guidebook for Academics and Professional Investigators
Muzammil Quraishi and Rob Philburn both at University of Salford This book offers students and researchers a clear and authoritative introduction to researching the sociology and criminology of race and ethnicity. It introduces the essential debates, key ethical issues and the practical considerations associated with conducting qualitative research on racism. This up-to-date guide, informed by current research, sets out a coherent applicable framework for those undertaking research in the field. A critical discussion of definitional and conceptual debates relating to race, ethnicity and faith in social science research is carefully developed throughout the book and the exploration of overlaps are specifically addressed.

KEY CONCEPTS IN SOCIOLOGY


Peter Braham The Open University Covering both classic and contemporary concepts, this is a concise introduction to the key themes. Striking the right balance in terms of not overcomplicating but also not oversimplifying, it will support undergraduate students throughout their degree.
SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES
February 2013 224 pages Cloth (978-1-84920 304-3) 65.00 Paper (978-1-84920-305-0) 21.99

CONTENTS
Racism and the History of Race / Defining and Conceptualizing Racism(s) / Anti-Racism: Law and Policies / Racism Research: Two Case Studies / Researching Racism: Qualitative Methodology and Methods / A Racism Researcher's Toolkit

READERSHIP
Students, lecturers and researchers investigating racism within the social sciences
September 2013 224 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-533-4) 65.00 Paper (978-1-84787-534-1) 22.99

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

General Research Methods

RESEARCH METHODS FOR COMMUNITY CHANGE


A Project-Based Approach
Second Edition
Randy Stoecker University of Wisconsin, Madison This book presents a research model which can be used in the community in order to tackle problems and grow.
April 2012 304 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9405-7) 34.99

COMPARATIVEHISTORICAL METHODS
Matthew Lange McGill University This bright, engaging title provides a thorough and integrated review of comparative-historical methods. It sets out an intellectual history of comparativehistorical analysis and presents the main methodological techniques employed by researchers, including: comparative-historical analysis case-based methods comparative methods data, case selection and theory.

CONTENTS

A STUDENT'S GUIDE TO METHODOLOGY


Third Edition
Peter Clough Liverpool Hope University and Cathy Nutbrown University of Sheffield The Third Edition of this hugely popular text provides students with straightforward principles and frameworks for understanding methodology. Peter Clough and Cathy Nutbrown are adept at making methodology meaningful for beginners and more advanced readers alike. Their book clearly demonstrates how methodology impacts upon every stage of the research process, and gives readers all the tools needed to understand it. New to this edition: new boxes and guidance on research ethics in every chapter more international examples and perspectives up-to-date coverage of online research methods more examples from real students a new Companion Website, featuring PowerPoint slides for lecturers.

Comparative-Historical Methods: An Introduction / Comparative-Historical Analysis: An Intellectual History and Overview / Within-Case Methods in Comparative-Historical Analysis / Within-Case Methods and the Analysis of Temporality and Inter-Case Relations / Comparative Methods in ComparativeHistorical Analysis / Combining Comparative and within-Case Methods for Comparative-Historical Analysis / Data, Case Selection and Theory in Comparative-Historical Analysis / Comparative-Historical Methods: Conclusion and Assessment

READERSHIP
Upper-level undergraduates in the social sciences, especially those in sociology and politics
November 2012 208 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-627-3) 75.00 Paper (978-1-84920-628-0) 24.99

INTEGRATING QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE METHODS


A Pragmatic Approach
David L Morgan Portland State University Though the concept of combining qualitative and quantitative methods is really nothing new, finding books with practical ways of actually doing this is not so simple. This text presents both types of methodologies in combination with one another, not as discrete and separate. David L Morgan's text is clear and he is extremely attuned to the importance of multi-disciplinarity.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: RESEARCH IS METHODOLOGY / What Is Research? / What Is Methodology? / PART TWO: THE PERVASIVE NATURE OF METHODOLOGY / Looking: Seeing Beyond the Known / Listening: Issues of Voice / Reading: Purpose and Positionality / Questioning: The Focus of Research / PART THREE: MAKING RESEARCH PUBLIC / Research Design: Shaping the Study / Reporting Research: Telling the Story / Research Action: Next Steps

READERSHIP
Students across the social sciences
September 2013 256 pages Paper (978-0-7619-1523-2) 14.99

READERSHIP
Students doing a dissertation or taking a research methods module in education, the social sciences, business and health
February 2012 288 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0861-8) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0862-5) 24.99

METHODOLOGICAL THINKING
Basic Principles of Social Research Design
Donileen R Loseke University of South Florida Methodological Thinking focuses on the underlying logic of social research, encouraging students to understand research methods as a way of thinking.
May 2012 216 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9720-1) 22.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

General Research Methods

DATA COLLECTION
Key Debates and Methods in Social Research
Wendy Olsen University of Manchester Helping students and researchers to understand the theories, concepts and methods needed to successfully collect qualitative, quantitative and mixed data sets in transparent, scientific ways, this is an indispensible introduction to data collection.
November 2011 248 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-255-5) 67.00 Paper (978-1-84787-256-2) 23.99

ENHANCING COMMUNICATION & COLLABORATION IN INTERDISCIPLINARY RESEARCH


Edited by Michael O'Rourke, Stephen Crowley, Sanford D Eigenbrode and J D Wulfhorst
August 2013 480 pages Paper (978-1-4522-5566-8) 32.99

THE MYTH OF RESEARCH-BASED POLICY AND PRACTICE


Martyn Hammersley The Open University Martyn Hammersley's provocative new text interrogates the complex relationship between research, policy-making and practice, against the background of the evidence-based practice movement. Addressing a series of probing questions, this book reflects on the challenge posed by the idea that social research can directly serve policy-making and practice. Key questions explored include: is scientific research evidence based? what counts as evidence for evidence-based practice? is social measurement possible, and is it necessary? what are the criteria by which qualitative research should be judged?

MANAGING AND SHARING RESEARCH DATA


A Guide to Good Practice
Louise Corti, Matthew Woollard, Veerle Van den Eynden and Libby Bishop all at UK Data Archive, University of Essex Researchers have new responsibilities towards their research data, meaning that they need to improve, enhance and professionalize their research data management skills to meet the challenge of producing high-quality research assets with long-term validity that can be shared and used for new research. This book gives researchers the skill-set of research data management techniques required in today's advancing research environment. The authors have, for more than a decade, been at the vanguard of providing expertise and guidance to researchers in producing high-quality shareable research data for long-term use.

CONTENTS
Some Questions about Evidence-Based Practice / The Myth of ResearchBased Policy-Making and Practice / Is Scientific Research EvidenceBased? / What Counts as Evidence for Evidence-Based Practice? / Is Social Measurement Possible and Is It Necessary? / The Question of Quality in Qualitative Research / Action Research: A Contradiction in Terms? / On Systematic Reviews of Research Literatures / Systematic versus Unsystematic, Is That the Question? Some Reflections on the Science, Art, and Politics of Reviewing / The Interpretive Attack on the Traditional Review / What is Qualitative Synthesis and Why Do It?

CONTENTS
Research Data Management: Who, Why, What and How / Introducing the Key Elements of Managing and Sharing Research Data / Research Data Management Planning / Documenting and Providing Context for Data / Formatting and Converting Data / Storing and Transferring Data / Ethics, Privacy and Data Access / Rights Relating to Research Data / Collaborative Research: Strategies for Research Teams and Research Managers / Making Use of Other People's Research Data: Opportunities and Limitations / Publishing and Citing Research Data

READERSHIP
Postgraduate students and academics across the social sciences, as well as policy makers
March 2013 192 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-965-2) 85.00 Paper (978-0-85702-966-9) 29.99

READERSHIP
Researchers in the social and economic sciences
November 2013 224 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-6725-7) 65.00 Paper (978-1-4462-6726-4) 22.99

INTERDISCIPLINARY RESEARCH
Process and Theory
Second Edition
Allen F Repko The University of Texas at Arlington This Second Edition reflects the substantial research on all aspects of interdisciplinarity that has been published since the first edition.
December 2011 544 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8877-3) 40.99

View the full listing of all our Research Methods titles at www.sagepub.co.uk

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

General Research Methods

RESEARCHING SOCIAL MEDIA


Farida Vis University of Sheffield and Mike Thelwall Wolverhampton University Contemporary changes in digital media have created many opportunities for research of a kind not possible before as a huge quantity of information is now published online in the form of blogs, Twitter posts, YouTube videos and discussions on Social Network Sites (SNS) such as Facebook. Effectively exploiting the data comes with many challenges and to gather and process online content on a large scale requires an approach drawing on subject and technical expertise from a range of different disciplines including media and communication studies, internet studies and information and computer science. This book helps researchers to overcome these challenges by providing practical research methods for those using social media data in their research. In three sections, the book gives guidance on a range of: ethical considerations in online research studying institutions, users, networks and links studying #(hash) tags.

ACHIEVING IMPACT INRESEARCH


Edited by Pam Denicolo Universities of Reading and Surrey This unique addition to the Success in Research series addresses the importance of understanding and achieving impact for the purposes of gaining research funding and reporting achieved impact for the Research Excellence Framework (REF). The book includes contributions from researchers and researcher developers who feel that impact is ill-defined and poorly understood despite its prevalence in policy documents, Websites and institutional activities. This succinct and cohesive text draws on the expert contributors' collective research practice, knowledge and experience.

CONTENTS
What is the Meaning of Impact in Relation to Research and Why Does it Matter? / How Does the Impact Agenda Fit with Attitudes and Ethics That Motivate Research? / What Are the Different Characterisations of Research Impact? / When Might Impact Be Apparent? / How Can Impact Be Planned into Research Proposals? / How Can Impact Be Evaluated Methodological Issues? / How Can Impact Be Evidenced Practical Methods? / What Skills Are Needed to Be an Impactful Researcher? / Infrastructures in Universities Around Knowledge Transfer, Partnership Brokering and Management and How This Interacts with Impact Issues / How Can You Become an Impactful Researcher? a Summary of Key Messages

CONTENTS
PART ONE / Designing Your Research Question / The Social Web / Thinking about Ethics / Collecting and Storing Data / Studying Institutions / PART TWO / Studying Users / Studying Networks and Links / Analysing Comments and Sentiment / Studying #(hash)Tags / Analysing Images / PART THREE / Future of Researching Social Media

READERSHIP
Researchers across all disciplines SUCCESS IN RESEARCH
October 2013 160 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-6704-2) 65.00 Paper (978-1-4462-6705-9) 22.99

READERSHIP
Those researching social media across the humanities and social sciences
November 2013 224 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5220-8) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5221-5) 24.99

DOING EXCELLENT SMALL-SCALE RESEARCH


Derek Layder University of Leicester In this inspiring and engaging book, readers are presented with the key principles and practices of small-scale research. In addition, it provides a peerless introduction to the key features involved in the process of research design and practice. Written in a clear, accessible way and drawing on exciting up-to-date examples, this book makes for a crucial companion on the way to research excellence. The book: leads the researcher through the actual process of doing a research project from start to finish offers a comprehensive outline of general areas and issues such as preparation and planning, developing research questions, interviewing and sampling reflects upon research as a social and human process provides systematic guidelines and advice above and beyond technical essentials.

DEVELOPING TRANSFERABLE SKILLS


Enhancing Your Research and Employment Potential
Pam Denicolo Universities of Reading and Surrey and Julie Reeves University of Southampton This book provides a succinct guide for doctoral and early career researchers about the nature of transferable skills, why they are needed and how they can be acquired, evidenced and marketed. In the UK, possession of a doctorate is no longer the rarity it once was and the competitive economic climate makes it even more critical that doctoral graduates can convince prospective employers of both their specialist and generic skills. In this context, institutions are also required to provide well organized, relevant training in skills development if they are to attract and retain doctoral candidates. With coverage of project management, teamworking, communication, leadership and technical skills, this book is an essential guide for researchers who want to make the most of the skills they have and acquire the skills they need.

CONTENTS
What Are Transferable Skills and Why They Are Needed? / How Can Researchers Identify Which Transferable Skills Are Needed? / How Can Transferable Skills Be Acquired? / What Are the Key Skills Directly Related to Research? / What Are the Key Generic Skills? / How Can Progress Be Evidenced, Assessed and Evaluated? / How Can Transferable Skills Be Marketed Effectively? / What Are the Pitfalls to Avoid in Making the Transition to Another Employment? / What Kinds of Training Interventions Work Best?

CONTENTS
Overview of the Adaptive Approach / Finding a Research Topic and a Research Problem / Developing Questions from Research Problems / Preparation and Project Design / Qualitative Data and Mixed Strategies / Quantitative Data and Mixed Strategies / Imaginative Sampling / Data Analysis: Concepts and Coding / Writing the Research Report: Arguments and Explanations / Guidelines and Checklist for Adaptive Research

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students across the social, health and behavioural sciences
October 2012 208 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-182-7) 65.00 Paper (978-1-84920-183-4) 22.99

READERSHIP
Doctoral and early career researchers SUCCESS IN RESEARCH
November 2013 160 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-6033-3) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-6034-0) 18.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

General Research Methods

TEACHING IN HIGHER EDUCATION


Lucinda Becker University of Reading and Pam Denicolo Universities of Reading and Surrey This book is designed to walk students step by step through each teaching experience they will face. It includes advice, practical exercises, top tips and words of warning on: seminar presentations to peers leading undergraduate seminars choosing material for teaching preparing productive teaching aids giving lectures dynamic learning environments handling assessment success as a guest speaker mentoring. This is a practical 'how-to' guide which is supported throughout by accessible explorations of how teaching can support research. Written by lecturers who have taught for many years, the 'voice of experience' sections will support and encourage novice teachers in their move towards becoming a successful and confident educator.

DEVELOPING RESEARCH PROPOSALS


Pam Denicolo Universities of Reading and Surrey and Lucinda Becker University of Reading This is an authoritative, accessible guide to all you need to know about developing a research proposal to do further research.
SUCCESS IN RESEARCH
January 2012 160 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-865-5) 60.00 Paper (978-0-85702-866-2) 18.99

CONTENTS
Why Teach? / Seminar Presentations to Your Peers / Leading an Undergraduate Seminar / Dynamic Learning Environments / Lectures / Productive Teaching Aid / Handling Assessment

READERSHIP
Postgraduate students and novice researchers SUCCESS IN RESEARCH
March 2013 192 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5604-6) 65.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5605-3) 22.99

PUBLISHING JOURNAL ARTICLES


Lucinda Becker University of Reading and Pam Denicolo Universities of Reading and Surrey This is a practical, no-nonsense, accessible guide to planning, writing and publishing a journal article.
SUCCESS IN RESEARCH
January 2012 160 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0062-9) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0063-6) 18.99

PROFESSOR PAM DENICOLO AND DR LUCINDA BECKER


Professor Pam Denicolo is a chartered constructivist psychologist passionate about improving learning and teaching in Higher Education, particularly supporting graduate students and other early career researchers. This is demonstrated through her numerous successful doctoral candidates and her leading roles in national and international organisations such as the UKCGE, the SRHE Postgraduate Network, the Impact and Evaluation Group and other working groups of Vitae and of the QAA, all of which have resulted in many publications, presentations and workshops. She maintains these contacts and has developed others after becoming Emeritus at Reading, including enjoying a new role as advocate for Graduate Studies at the University of Surrey. Dr Lucinda Becker, an award winning Senior Lecturer in the Department of English Literature at the University of Reading, and University Teaching Fellow, has spent her career committed to enhancing the skills and knowledge of undergraduates and research postgraduates. She has written numerous successful study skills guides for students. As a professional trainer she also works throughout the United Kingdom and Europe, devising and delivering training in communication and management techniques, principally to lawyers, engineers and scientists. Pam and Cindy worked exuberantly together for many years managing and developing the Graduate School at the University of Reading and providing a substantial contribution to its Research Methods, Generic Skills and Doctoral Supervisor training. Their Success in Research series with SAGE has been designed to provide short, authoritative and accessible guides for students, researchers and academics on the key areas of professional and research development.
10
ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

General Research Methods

WRITING SUCCESSFUL GRANT PROPOSALS FROM THE TOP DOWN AND BOTTOM UP
Edited by Robert J Sternberg Oklahoma State University Written by exper ts with first hand experience in applying for and getting grants, this guide shows how to build a successful grant proposal. It provides advice on planning, executing, submitting and revising grant proposals in order to maximize their chances of success.
June 2013 384 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9928-1) 25.99

DEVELOPING EFFECTIVE RESEARCH PROPOSALS


Second Edition
Keith F Punch University of Western Australia Ke i t h F Pu n c h's u p d a te o f h i s indispensable guide includes: expanded sections covering research strategy, research planning and academic writing; examples of successful research proposals from across the social science disciplines; and a more comprehensive discussion of ethics.
2006 176 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-2125-1) 74.00 Paper (978-1-4129-2126-8) 24.99

THE NUTS AND BOLTS OF GRANTWRITING


Cynthia E Carr
November 2013 320 pages Paper (978-1-4522-5903-1) 22.99

PROPOSALS THAT WORK


A Guide for Planning Dissertations and Grant Proposals
Sixth Edition
Lawrence F Locke University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Waneen Wyrick Spirduso University of Texas, Austin and Stephen J Silverman Teachers College, Columbia University Covering all aspects of the proposal process, from the most basic questions about form and style to the task of seeking funding, Proposals That Work offers clear advice backed up with excellent examples. Included within are a number of specimen proposals, to help shed light on the important issues surrounding the writing of proposals.

THE RESEARCH FUNDINGTOOLKIT


How to Plan and Write Successful Grant Applications
Jacqueline Aldridge University of Kent and Andrew M Derrington University of Liverpool A complex set of factors determine whether research projects win grants. This handbook helps readers navigate through these issues and identify personal challenges to research grant success. The guidance also extends to the real-world challenges of grant-writing such as: obtaining the right feedback; dealing effectively with employers and partner institutions; and making multiple applications as efficiently as possible.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: WRITING THE PROPOSAL / The Function of the Proposal / Doing the Right Thing: 'The Habit of Truth' / Developing the Thesis or Dissertation Proposal: Some Common Problems / Content of the Proposal: Important Considerations / Preparation of Proposals for Qualitative Research: Different Assumptions / Proposals for Mixed Methods Research / Style and Form in Writing the Proposal / The Oral Presentation / PART TWO: MONEY FOR RESEARCH / Money for Research: How to Ask for Help / Preparation of the Grant Proposal / PART THREE: SPECIMEN PROPOSALS / Experimental Study / Qualitative Study / Online Electronic Survey Study / Funded Grant

READERSHIP
Students, researchers, academics and professionals in all disciplines
June 2013 384 pages Paper (978-1-4522-1685-0) 39.99

CONTENTS
How to Be a Fundable Researcher / How to Find Funding / How to Get Good Advice / How to Plan Your Applications / How Funding Agencies Make Decisions / How to Get the Best from Your Employer / How to Say What Needs to Be Said in the Case for Support / How to Exploit the Application Template / How to Convince Decision-Makers: Arguments and Evidence / How to Write for Funding Agencies: Language and Style / How to Test Your Draft Applications / How to Assemble Your Budget / How to Put Together Collaborative Projects

BECOMING AN ACADEMICWRITER
50 Exercises for Paced, Productive, and Powerful Writing
Patricia Goodson Texas A & M University This book helps academic writers gain control over writing and publishing, master specific aspects of academic writing, and improve writing productivity.
June 2012 248 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0386-7) 22.99

READERSHIP
Academics, postdoctorates and postgraduates, and researchers looking for funding
May 2012 224 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-967-6) 65.00 Paper (978-0-85702-968-3) 21.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

11

Research Projects

THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO DOING YOUR RESEARCH PROJECT


Second Edition
Zina O'Leary University of Western Sydney Warm and pragmatic, this ultimate companion to successfully completing a research project gives students the skills and the confidence needed to succeed no matter what happens along the way. The book guides the reader through every step of their research project, from getting started to analyzing data and writing up. Each stage is clearly set out, highlighting best practice and providing practical tips and down-to-earth advice for actually doing research. Key features include: a fully developed Companion Website including podcasts, worksheets, examples of real projects and links to journal articles chapter summaries boxed definitions of key terms a full glossary suggestions for further reading. Bursting with real world examples and multidisciplinary case studies, this book addresses the key questions posed by anyone hoping to complete a research project.

YOUR RESEARCH PROJECT


Designing and Planning Your Work
Third Edition
Nicholas Walliman Oxford Brookes University Guiding readers through the process of formulating a research question, choosing research methods, planning research and writing proposals, readers will find everything they need to embark upon their research project and write their proposal with confidence.
SAGE STUDY SKILLS SERIES
2011 400 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-461-3) 65.00 Paper (978-1-84920-462-0) 21.99

CONTENTS
Taking the Leap into the Research World / Getting Set up / Developing Your Research Question / Working towards Credible and Ethical Research / Crafting a Research Proposal / Reviewing Literature / Designing a Research Plan / Understanding Methodologies: Quantitative, Qualitative, and 'Mixed' Approaches / Understanding Methodologies: Evaluative, Action-Oriented, and Emancipatory Strategies / Seeking 'Respondents' / Primary Data Collection: Surveys, Interviews and Observation / Secondary Data Collection: Document Analysis and Secondary Reviews / Analysing Quantitative Data / Analysing Qualitative Data / The Challenge of Writing up

READERSHIP
All students conducting a research project
November 2013 376 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5896-5) 65.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5897-2) 21.99

HOW TO DO YOUR RESEARCH PROJECT


A Guide for Students in Education and Applied Social Sciences
Second Edition
Gary Thomas University of Birmingham Direct, informative and accessible, the new edition of Gary Thomas's bestselling title is essential reading for anyone doing a research project. Packed full of relevant advice and real world examples, the book guides students through the complete research process. Using refreshingly jargon-free language and anecdotal evidence, it is a witty, easy-to-follow introduction that will answer questions, set out best practice and walk them through every stage of their project step by step. The Second Edition, expanded and updated, includes new chapters on ethics and practical concerns, has a fully integrated Companion Website including worksheets, annotated examples and links to SAGE journals, and has a completely new page layout with glossary.

READERSHIP
Students undertaking a research project in the applied social sciences
May 2013 224 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5886-6) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5887-3) 20.99

CONTENTS
Your Introduction: Starting Points / Project Management / The Literature Review / Decide on Your Question - Again / Deciding on an Approach: Methodology and Research Design / The Design Frame / Ethics in Research / Practical Matters / The Right Tools for the Job: Data Gathering / How to Analyse the Information You Gather

12

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Research Projects

HOW TO WRITE A MASTER'S THESIS


Second Edition
Yvonne N Bui University of San Francisco How to Write a Master's Thesis is a comprehensive manual on how to conceptualize and write a five-chapter masters thesis, including the introduction, literature review, methodology, results and discussion/conclusion. Very often, a theory-practice gap exists for students who have taken the prerequisite methods and statistics courses in their masters program but who have yet to understand how to apply and translate what they've learned about the research process with their first major project. Yvonna Bui demystifies this process by integrating the language learned in these prerequisite courses into a step-by-step guide for developing one's own thesis/project.

CONTENTS
Overview of the Master's Degree and Thesis / Selecting a Research Topic / Using the Literature to Research Your Problem / Conducting Ethical Research / How to Write Chapter One, Introduction / How to Write Chapter Two, Review of the Literature / How to Write Chapter Three, Methods / How to Write Chapter Four, Results / How to Write Chapter Five, Discussion / Final Formatting, APA Style

READERSHIP
All postgraduate students
June 2013 320 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0351-5) 22.99

YOUR UNDERGRADUATE DISSERTATION


The Essential Guide for Success
Second Edition
Nicholas Walliman Oxford Brookes University In the Second Edition of this bestselling guide, Nicholas Walliman provides expert, step-by-step advice on managing and developing a successful undergraduate project. This book takes readers through each stage of their dissertation, answering questions including: how do I choose an appropriate topic for my dissertation? how do I write a research proposal? what is a literature review, how do I conduct it and how do I write it up? how can I ensure I am an ethical researcher? what methods of data collection are appropriate for my research question? once I have collected my data, what do I do? what is the best structure for my dissertation? Full of examples from real student projects and illustrated with cartoons to make students smile along the way, this book will tell them all they need to know to write a brilliant dissertation.

HOW TO DESIGN, WRITE, AND PRESENT A SUCCESSFUL DISSERTATION PROPOSAL


Elizabeth A Wentz Arizona State University A guide for students on how to design, write and present a successful dissertation, from start to finish.
December 2013 224 pages Paper (978-1-4522-5788-4) 22.99

SURVIVING YOUR DISSERTATION


A Comprehensive Guide to Content and Process
Third Edition
Kjell Erik Rudestam and Rae R Newton Fielding Graduate University Using examples from a wide range of disciplines, the authors give readers expert advice on the entire dissertation process. The text has been updated with new examples, and there is also an up-to-theminute discussion of online research and the use of software packages.
2007 328 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-1678-3) 74.00 Paper (978-1-4129-1679-0) 37.99

CONTENTS
What's It All for? / What Types of Dissertation Research Projects Are There? / What Will It Be about? / How Do I Get Started? / What's All This about Philosophy? / How Do I Write a Proposal? / What about Working and Planning my Time? / Where Do I Get Hold of All the Necessary Background Information? / How Can I Manage All the Notes? / What's All This about Ethics? / Why Do I Need Arguments? / What Sorts of Data Will I Find? / How Do I Get Hold of Data? / How Can I Analyse Quantitative Data? / How Do I Deal with Qualitative Data? / How Can I Manage Such a Long Piece of Writing? / What about Referencing? / How Can I Make My Work Look Interesting and Easy to Read? / Who Else Might Be Interested in My Writing?

READERSHIP
Students at undergraduate level across the social sciences SAGE STUDY SKILLS SERIES
November 2013 296 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5318-2) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5319-9) 16.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

13

Research Projects / Philosophy of Research

DOING YOUR MASTERS DISSERTATION


From Start to Finish
Inger Furseth KIFO Centre for Church Research, Norway and Euris Larry Everett Career Design Institute, California This book is an indispensible guide to writing a successful Masters dissertation. The book begins by addressing issues students will face in the early stages of writing a dissertation, such as deciding on what to research, planning a project and searching for literature online. It then guides readers through different aspects of carrying out their research and writing up, helping them to: write a research proposal discuss the literature formulate research questions choose one or more methods analyse your findings build your argument write the introduction and the conclusion edit and reference. The book offers guidance that other books often miss, from dealing with emotional blocks, to ways of identifying strengths and weaknesses, and improving one's writing. It addresses the social aspects of the writing process, such as choosing and working with an advisor, using social media and forming student work groups for added help and inspiration. Each chapter ends with an action plan, which is a resource section that features exercises and reflection questions designed to help students apply what theyve read to their own work.

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE PHILOSOPHY OF METHODOLOGY


Kerry E Howell Plymouth University Standing apart from existing methodology texts, this book clarifies, in a studentfriendly and engaging way, distinctions bet we en philosophical positions, paradigms of inquiry, methodology and methods. Building an understanding of the relationships and distinctions between philosophical positions and paradigms is an essential part of the research process and integral to deploying the methodology and methods best suited for a research project, thesis or dissertation. Aided throughout by definition boxes, examples and exercises for students, the book covers topics such as: positivism and post-positivism phenomenology critical theory constructivism and participatory paradigms postmodernism and post-structuralism.

CONTENTS
Problems Identified: Truth Knowledge and the Role of Theory / Explaining Theory / Positivism and Post-Positivism / Phenomenology / Critical Theory / Constructivism and Participatory Paradigms: Introducing Action Research / Postmodernism and Post-Structuralism / Ethnography / Grounded Theory / Hermeneutics / Foucault / Validity, Reliability and Generalization / Methods / Conclusions

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
November 2012 248 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0298-2) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0299-9) 26.99

CONTENTS
Help, How Do I Find a Research Topic? / Overcoming Barriers and Getting Started / Basic Rules of Writing / Who Can Help You? Establishing a Network / A Guide for Searching the Literature / Reviewing Research Literature / How Do I Formulate Research Questions? / Easier Said Than Done - Choosing a Suitable Research Design and Method / The Art of Keeping a Steady Course - Structuring the Analysis / Beginning and End - Introduction and Conclusion / Chaos and Order - Editing and Referencing / When Is It Finished? Check-List Summary

READERSHIP
All masters students SAGE STUDY SKILLS SERIES
March 2013 208 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-6398-3) 65.00 Paper (978-1-4462-6399-0) 21.99

OBJECTIVITY AND SUBJECTIVITY IN SOCIAL RESEARCH


Gayle Letherby and John Scott both at Plymouth University and Malcolm Williams Cardiff University Objectivity and subjectivity are key concepts in social research. This book, written by leading authors in the field, takes a completely new approach to objectivity and subjectivity, no longer treating them as opposed - as many existing texts do - but as logically and methodologically related in social research. The book debates: the philosophical bases of objectivity and relativity situated objectivity theorized subjectivity relationism and dynamic synthesis social objects and realism.

COMPLETING YOUR QUALITATIVE DISSERTATION


A Road Map From Beginning to End
Second Edition
Linda Dale Bloomberg and Marie Volpe both at Teachers College, Columbia University, USA This book addresses the common challenge of turning a qualitative research project into a master's thesis or doctoral dissertation.
June 2012 344 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0270-9) 25.99

CONTENTS
The Philosophical Bases of Objectivity and Relativity / Relationism and Dynamic Synthesis / Situated Objectivity in Sociology / Theorized Subjectivity / Social Objects and Realism / Objectivity and Subjectivity in Practice / Objectivity Established? A Trialogue

READERSHIP
Social science students and researchers
October 2012 200 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-840-2) 75.00 Paper (978-0-85702-841-9) 24.99

14

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Philosophy of Research

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF HISTORICAL THEORY


Edited by Nancy Partner McGill University and Sarah Foot University of Oxford The SAGE Handbook of Historical Theory introduces the foundations of modern historical theory and the applications of theory to a full range of subfields of historical research, bringing the reader as up to date as possible with continuing debates and current developments. This important handbook brings together, in one volume, discussions of modernity, empiricism, deconstruction, narrative and postmodernity in the continuing evolution of the historical discipline into our post-postmodern era. Chapters are written by leading academics from around the world and cover a wide array of specialized areas of the discipline, including social history, intellectual history, gender, memory, psychoanalysis and cultural history. The influence of major thinkers such as Jacques Derrida, Michel Foucault and Hayden White is fully examined.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: FOUNDATIONS: THEORETICAL FRAMEWORKS FOR KNOWLEDGE OF THE PAST / Modernity and History: The Professional Discipline / The Turn towards 'Science': Historians Delivering Untheorized Truth / The Implications of Empiricism for History / The Case for Historical Imagination: Defending the Human Factor and Narrative / The Annales School: Variations on Realism, Methods and Time / Intellectual History: From Ideas to Meanings / Social History: A New Kind of History / Postmodernism: The Linguistic Turn and Historical Knowledge / The Work of Hayden White I: Mimesis, Figuration, and the Writing of History / The Work of Hayden White II: Defamiliarizing Narrative / Derrida and Deconstruction: Challenges to the Transparency of Language / The Return of Rhetoric / Michel Foucault: The Unconscious of History and Culture / History as Text: Narrative Theory and History / The Boundaries of History and Fiction / PART TWO: APPLICATIONS: THEORY-INTENSIVE AREAS OF HISTORY / The Newest Social History: Crisis and Renewal / Women's History/Feminist History / Gender I: From Women's History to Gender History / Gender II: Masculinity Acquires a History / Sexuality and History / Psychoanalysis and the Making of History / New National Narratives / Cultural Studies and History / Memory: Witness, Experience, Collective Meaning / Postcolonial Theory and History / PART THREE: CODA. POST-POSTMODERNISM: DIRECTIONS AND INTERROGATIONS / PostPositivist Realism: Regrounding Representation / Historical Experience beyond the Linguistic Turn / Photographs: Reading the Image for History / Digital Information: 'Let a Hundred Flowers Bloom' Is Digital a Cultural Revaluation? / Recovering the Self: Agency after Deconstruction / The Fundamental Things Apply: Aristotle's Narrative Theory and the Classical Origins of Postmodern History

READERSHIP
Practising historians, students and academics in related disciplines in the social sciences and humanities
December 2012 544 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-3114-4) 95.00

PRINCIPLES OF METHODOLOGY
Research Design in Social Science
Perri 6 and Christine Bellamy Nottingham Trent University Existing literature glosses over the often difficult interrelationship between practical research design and the theoretical underpinnings of methodology. This text addresses such issues head on and helps the reader to better understand each stage of the research process.
October 2011 336 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-473-2) 77.00 Paper (978-0-85702-474-9) 25.99

REFLEXIVE METHODOLOGY
New Vistas for Qualitative Research
Second Edition
Mats Alvesson Lund University, Sweden and Kaj Skldberg Stockholm School of Business Presenting complex issues in an easy-tounderstand way, this Second Edition is the guide to putting field research in perspective, with attention to the interpretive, political and rhetorical nature of empirical research.
2009 360 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-111-6) 97.00 Paper (978-1-84860-112-3) 34.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

15

Research Ethics / Research Design

PLANNING ETHICALLY RESPONSIBLE RESEARCH


Second Edition
Joan E Sieber California State University, East Bay and Martin B Tolich OtagoUniversity, New Zealand An invaluable guide to help readers understand ethical concerns within real-life research situations, this book addresses all the 'ethical hot spots' in contemporary research.
APPLIED SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS
February 2013 264 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0259-4) 25.99

ETHICS IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Second Edition
Edited by Tina Miller Oxford Brookes University, Maxine Birch The Open University, Melanie Mauthner Freelance translator, editor and writer and Julie Jessop University of Cambridge (Former) Expanding its focus on the theoretical and practical aspects of doing qualitative research in light of new ethical dilemmas facing researchers today, this engaging textbook explores key ethical dilemmas within the context of a rapidly changing research environment. The Second Edition now: maps the changing and increasingly technology-reliant aspects of research relationships and practices provides researchers with guidance through practical examples, enabling those engaged in qualitative research to question and navigate in ethical ways.

ETHICS IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Controversies and Contexts
Martyn Hammersley The Open University and Anna Traianou Goldsmiths, University of London Ethics in Qualitative Research explores conflicting philosophical assumptions, the diverse social contexts in which ethical problems arise, and the complexities of handling them in practice. The authors argue that the starting point for any discussion of research ethics must be the values intrinsic to research, above all the commitment to knowledge-production. However, the pursuit of inquiry is rightly constrained by external values, and the book focuses on three of these: minimizing harm; respecting autonomy; and protecting privacy.

CONTENTS
Introduction to the Second Edition / Ethics and Feminist Research: Theory and Practice / Reconfiguring Research Relationships: Regulation, New Technologies and Doing Ethical Research / The Ethics of Intention: Research as a Political Tool / Consenting to What? Issues of Access, Gate-Keeping and 'Informed' Consent / Divided Loyalties, Divided Expectations: Research Ethics, Professional and Occupational Responsibilities / Encouraging Participation: Ethics and Responsibilities / 'Doing Rapport' and the Ethics of 'Faking Friendship' / Knowing Responsibly: Ethics, Feminist Epistemologies and Methodologies / Eliciting Research Accounts: Re/Producing Modern Subjects? / 'Accounting for Our Part of the Entangled Webs We Weave': Ethical and Moral Issues in Digital Data Sharing / Conclusions: Navigating Ethical Dilemmas and New Digital Horizons

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
September 2012 208 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-1088-8) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-1089-5) 25.99

CONTENTS
What Is Ethics? / The Research Ethos / The Risk of Harm / Autonomy and Informed Consent / Privacy, Confidentiality and Anonymity / Conclusion: Challenging Moralism / References

READERSHIP
Undergraduate and postgraduate students and academic researchers
May 2012 184 pages Cloth (978-0-8570-2140-3) 85.00 Paper (978-0-8570-2141-0) 27.99

RESEARCH DESIGN
Creating Robust Approaches for the Social Sciences
Stephen Gorard University of Birmingham This new book discusses the nature of design; an introduction to design notation; a flexible approach to new designs; a range of standard design models; and craft tips for real-life problems and compromises. Most importantly, it provides the rationale for preferring one design over another within any given context. Each section is illustrated with case studies of real work and concludes with suggested readings and topics for discussion in seminars and workshops.

CASE STUDIES FOR ETHICS IN ACADEMIC RESEARCH IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES


Leisa Reinecke Flynn The University of Southern Mississippi and Ronald E Goldsmith Florida State University 16 brief research ethics cases describe situations in which ethical dilemmas arise and present the student with the opportunity to think through the different implications for researchers.
June 2012 104 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9638-9) 18.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION: 'DESIGN' AS DISTINCT FROM METHODS / What Is Research Design? / Introducing Designs in the Cycle of Research / PART TWO: THE PRELIMINARIES OF RESEARCH DESIGN / Identifying Researchable Questions / Warranting Research Claims / The Nature of Causal Claims / PART THREE: PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER / Identifying the Sample or Cases / Allocating Cases to Sub-Groups / Matters of Timing and Sequence / Experimental Designs / PART FOUR: MORE ADVANCED CONSIDERATIONS / A Range of Further Designs / Issues of Validity / How Big Is a Difference? / Second Principle of Ethics / PART FIVE: CONCLUSION / Developing a First Proposal / Conclusion: Summary of Need for Design

READERSHIP
Postgraduate researchers and academics
February 2013 240 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4901-7) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4902-4) 24.99

16

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Research Design

RESEARCH DESIGN
International Student Edition Qualitative, Quantitative, andMixed Methods Approaches
Fourth Edition
John W Creswell University of Nebraska, Lincoln The book that has helped more than 80,000 students and researchers prepare their plan or proposal for a schorlarly journal article, dissertation or thesis has been revised and updated while maintaining all the features that have made the previous editions so popular. New to this edition: every chapter now shows how to implement a mixed method design in a proposal or plan as well as showing how to do qualitative and quantitative approaches ethical issues that may arise in quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods designs have been added writing tips and considerations have been expanded and moved to the first part of the book to get a research plan started in the right direction the latest developments in qualitative inquiry, including advocacy, participatory and emancipatory approaches have been added mixed method procedures show readers how to identify the type of mixed method strategy, select the data collection and analysis approaches, and plan the overall structure of the study.

QUALITATIVE INQUIRY AND RESEARCH DESIGN


Choosing Among Five Approaches
Third Edition
John W Creswell University of Nebraska, Lincoln In this Third Edition of his bestselling text, John W Creswell explores the philosophical underpinnings, history and key elements of each of five qualitative inquiry traditions: narrative research; phenomenology; grounded theory; ethnography; and case study. In his signature accessible writing style, the author relates research designs to each of the traditions of inquiry. He compares theoretical frameworks, ways to employ standards of quality and strategies for writing introductions to studies, collecting data, analyzing data, writing a narrative and verifying results

CONTENTS
Introduction / Philosophical Assumptions and Interpretive Frameworks / Designing a Qualitative Study / Five Qualitative Approaches to Inquiry / Five Different Qualitative Studies / Introducing and Focusing the Study / Data Collection / Data Analysis and Representation / Writing a Qualitative Study / Standards of Validation and Reliability in Qualitative Research / "Turning the Story" and Conclusion / Appendix A. An Annotated Glossary of Terms / Appendix B. A Narrative Research Study / Appendix C. A Phenomenological Study / Appendix D. A Grounded Theory Study / Appendix E. An Ethnography / Appendix F. A Case Study
May 2012 472 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-9531-3) 62.00 Paper (978-1-4129-9530-6) 39.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS / The Selection of a Research Approach / Review of the Literature / The Use of Theory / Writing Strategies and Ethical Considerations / PART TWO: DESIGNING RESEARCH / The Introduction / The Purpose Statement / Research Questions and Hypotheses / Quantitative Methods / Qualitative Methods / Mixed Methods Procedures

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
March 2013 280 pages Cloth (978-1-4522-7460-7) 93.00 Paper (978-1-4522-7461-4) 36.99

DESIGNING RESEARCH IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES


Martino Maggetti University of Zurich and University of Lausanne Fabrizio Gilardi University of Zurich and Claudio Radaelli University of Exeter

RESEARCH DESIGN IN SOCIAL RESEARCH


David de Vaus University of Queensland Showing students the impor tance of attending to design issues when undertaking social research, this book argues that the core of research methods is the structure and design of the research
2001 296 pages Cloth (978-0-7619-5346-3) 91.00 Paper (978-0-7619-5347-0) 26.99

Covering both qualitative and quantitative approaches and with examples drawn from a wide range of social science disciplines, the authors explain what is at stake when choosing a research design and discuss the trade-offs that researchers have to make when considering issues such as: causality categories and classification meaning levels of analysis time.

CONTENTS
Introduction: What Is at Stake in Research Design? / Establishing Causality in the Social Sciences / Dealing with Concepts, Typologies and Conditions: Observation and Measurement / Connecting Levels of Analysis / Modeling Interaction / Addressing Temporality and Change / Variation and Causation: Exploring Heterogeneity / Conclusions

READERSHIP
Social science students and researchers
December 2012 200 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-500-9) 75.00 Paper (978-1-84920-501-6) 26.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

17

Research Design

CONSTRUCTING RESEARCH QUESTIONS


Doing Interesting Research
Mats Alvesson Lund University, Sweden and Jorgen Sandberg University of Queensland Traditional textbooks on research methods tend to ignore, or gloss over, actual ways of constructing research questions. Established methods of generating research questions in the social sciences tend to focus on 'gapspotting', which means that existing literature remains largely unchallenged. The authors show the dangers of conventional approaches, providing detailed ideas for how one can work through such problems and formulate novel research questions that challenge existing theories and produce more imaginative empirical studies.

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH DESIGN


An Interactive Approach
Third Edition
Joseph A Maxwell George Mason University This book gives researchers and students a user-friendly, step-by-step guide to planning qualitative research. Based on a course that the author taught for seven years, it is written in an informal, jargon-free style and incorporates many examples and hands-on exercises. This edition includes new or substantially expanded discussions of: research paradigms; defining a research problem; site and participant selection; relationships with research participants; data analysis; and validity, all supported by new examples and exercises.

CONTENTS
Research Questions: A Core Ingredient in Developing Interesting Theories / The Context of Constructing and Formulating Research Questions / GapSpotting: The Prevalent Way of Constructing Research Questions in Social Science / A Critical Evaluation of Gap-Spotting Research: Does It Lead to Interesting Theories? / Problematization as a Methodology for Generating Research Questions / Applying the Problematization Methodology in Practice / Why the Strong Dominance of Gap-Spotting When It Reduces the Chance to Create Interesting Theories? / Constructing Interesting Research Questions: Problematization and beyond

CONTENTS
A Model for Qualitative Research Design / Goals: Why Are You Doing This Study? / Conceptual Framework: What Do You Think Is Going On? / Research Questions: What Do You Want to Understand? / Methods: What Will You Actually Do? / Validity: How Might You Be Wrong? / Research Proposals: Presenting and Justifying a Qualitative Study / Appendix A. A Proposal for a Study of Medical School Teaching / Appendix B. A Proposal for a Study of Online Learning by Teachers APPLIED SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS
August 2012 232 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8119-4) 35.99

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
February 2013 176 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5592-6) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5593-3) 24.99

A REALIST APPROACH FOR QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Joseph A Maxwell George Mason University This ground-breaking book makes the case for adopting a realist philosophical perspective for qualitative research.
January 2012 240 pages Paper (978-0-7619-2923-9) 20.99

DESIGNING QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Fifth Edition
Catherine Marshall University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill and Gretchen B Rossman University of Massachusetts, Amherst This popular text provides useful and pragmatic guidance for developing and successfully defending proposals for qualitative inquiry. The Fifth Edition addresses the advances and challenges presented by developments and new applications while providing clear and direct guidance.
2010 344 pages Paper (978-1-4129-7044-0) 39.99

AN APPLIED REFERENCE GUIDE TO RESEARCH DESIGNS


Quantitative, Qualitative, and Mixed Methods
W Alex Edmonds and Thomas D Kennedy Nova Southeastern University This book presents quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods research designs in education and the social and behavioural sciences using consistent terminology, and in a way that students can understand and apply in their own investigations.
March 2012 240 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0509-0) 38.99

Request one of our new catalogues online at www.sagepub.co.uk or phone us on +44 (0)20 7324 8500

18

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Literature Review

THE LITERATURE REVIEW


A Step-by-Step Guide for Students
Second Edition
Diana Ridley Sheffield University This Second Edition of Diana Ridley's bestselling book provides a step-by-step guide to conducting a literature search and literature review, using cases and examples throughout to demonstrate best practice. Ridley outlines practical strategies for conducting a systematic search of the available literature, reading and notetaking, and writing up a literature review as part of an undergraduate research project, masters dissertation or PhD thesis. New to this edition are: examples drawn from a wide range of disciplines a new chapter on conducting systematic reviews increased guidance on evaluating the quality of online sources and online literature enhanced guidance in dealing with copyright and permissions issues.

SEVEN STEPS TO A COMPREHENSIVE LITERATURE REVIEW


A Multimodal and Cultural Approach
Anthony Onwuegbuzie Sam Houston State University and Rebecca K Frels Lamar University This dynamic, seven-step guide to doing literature reviews focuses on published and unpublished works and then extends the search to include multimodal texts and settings such as media, observations, documents, experts in the field and secondary data through the idea that culture plays a central role in knowledge interpretation. The seven steps help demystify the literature review process and encourage readers to synthesize information thematically, rather than merely summarize the existing literature and findings. The book outlines the CORE of the literature review process - Critical thinking, Organization, Reflections and Evaluation - and provides a guide for reflexivity at the end of each of the seven steps.

CONTENTS
The Multiple Purposes of a Literature Review / Sources of Information and Conducting Searches / Reading and Note-Taking Strategies / Reference Management: Keeping Records and Organising Information / Structuring the Literature Review / In-Text Citations / Being Critical / Foregrounding Writer Voice in Your Writing / The Continuing Process / A Systematic Literature Review / Conclusion / Electronic Guides / References

CONTENTS
PART ONE: OVERVIEW / Foundations of the Literature Review / Identity of the Literature Review / Identity of the Literature Reviewer / Methodology of the Literature Review / PART TWO: EXPLORATION / Step 1: Exploring Beliefs and Selecting and Refining a Topic / Step 2: Searching Databases / Step 3: Storing and Organizing Literature / Step 4: Selecting and Deselecting Literature / Step 5: Expanding the Search / PART THREE: INTEGRATION / Step 6: Analyzing and Synthesizing Sources / PART FOUR: COMMUNICATION / Step 7: Presenting the Literature Review / PART FIVE: APPLICATIONS / Future Directions / APPENDICES / Appendix A: Student Exemplar / Appendix B: Tables

READERSHIP
Undergraduate and postgraduate students across the social sciences SAGE STUDY SKILLS SERIES
July 2012 232 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0142-8) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0143-5) 19.99

READERSHIP
Those conducting and presenting a literature review as part of their research, project or dissertation
September 2013 272 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4891-1) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4892-8) 19.99

DOING YOUR LITERATURE REVIEW


Traditional and Systematic Techniques
Jill Jesson, Lydia Matheson and Fiona M Lacey Aston University Guiding students through the process of writing both traditional and systematic literature reviews, this book tackles an area that is an integral part of doing research.
2011 192 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-153-6) 67.00 Paper (978-1-84860-154-3) 20.99

CONDUCTING RESEARCH LITERATURE REVIEWS


From the Internet to Paper
Third Edition
Arlene Fink University of California at Los Angeles This book is written for anyone wanting to research social, health, educational and business issues. It is ideal for students, researchers, marketers, planners and policy makers who design and manage public and private agencies, conduct research studies, and prepare strategic plans and grant proposals.
2009 272 pages Paper (978-1-4129-7189-8) 42.99

SYSTEMATIC APPROACHES TO A SUCCESSFUL LITERATURE REVIEW


Andrew Booth Diana Papaioannou and Anthea Sutton all at the University of Sheffield A technologically up -to - date and accessible introductory guide to doing literature reviews in a systematic way.
September 2011 288 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-134-2) 67.00 Paper (978-0-85702-135-9) 22.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

19

Literature Review

DOING A SYSTEMATICREVIEW
A Student's Guide

AN INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMATIC REVIEWS


Edited by David Gough, Sandy Oliver and James Thomas all at the Institute of Education This timely, engaging book provides an over view of the nature, logic, diversity and process of undertaking systematic reviews as par t of evidence-informed decision-making. A focused, accessible and technically up-todate book, it covers the full breadth of approaches to reviews from statistical meta-analysis to meta-ethnography. It is ideal for anyone undertaking their own systematic review - providing all the necessary conceptual and technical background needed to make a good start to the process. The content is divided into five clear sections: approaches to reviewing getting started gathering and describing research appraising and synthesizing data making use of reviews/models of research use.

Rumona Dickson and Angela Boland University of Liverpool Written by an expert team of authors with years of experience in conducting systematic reviews and supervising students doing systematic reviews, the book provides a roadmap to guide students through the process. The book addresses the following questions: whats the best way to manage my review? how do I formulate an appropriate review question? how do I develop my search strategy? how do I get started on data extraction? how do I assess the quality of the studies Im using? how can I analyse and synthesise my data? how should I write up the discussion and conclusion sections of my dissertation or thesis? where should I publish my data? Throughout the book, the authors make extensive use of questions posed by real students when carrying out reviews to help readers through some of the challenges they may face. This book will provide students with the tips and tools they need for a successful dissertation.

CONTENTS
What Is a Systematic Review and Why Would I Consider It as a Research Project? / What's the Best Way to Manage My Review? / What's my Research Question? / How Do I Develop My Search Strategy and Apply My Inclusion Criteria? / Data Extraction - Where Do I Begin? / What Tools Do I Use to Quality Assess My Studies? / Understanding My Results and Synthesising My Data? / When and How Do I Review the Cost-Effectiveness Literature? / How Do I Present My Discussion and Conclusions Sections?

CONTENTS
Introducing Systematic Reviews / Stakeholder Perspectives and Participation in Reviews / Commonality and Diversity in Reviews / Getting Started with a Review / Information Management in Reviews / Finding Relevant Studies / Describing and Analysing Studies / Quality and Relevance Appraisal / Synthesis: Combining Results Systematically and Appropriately / Making a Difference with Systematic Reviews / Moving Forward

READERSHIP
Graduate students across all disciplines
November 2013 224 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-6967-1) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-6968-8) 24.99

READERSHIP
Graduate research students and researchers
March 2012 304 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-180-3) 75.00 Paper (978-1-84920-181-0) 26.99

Additional Materials
Many of our textbooks are supported by accompanying websites which contain extra resources to assist lecturers with the planning of lectures and to help promote student learning. Additional material typically includes: PowerPoint slides Testbanks of questions Instructors manual or teaching notes Case studies Glossaries Free online readings from leading SAGE journals Weblinks Sample exams Data sets

A current list of textbooks with accompanying websites is available at www.sagepub.co.uk/companionsites.sp

20

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Qualitative Research

INTRODUCING RESEARCH METHODOLOGY


A Beginner's Guide to Doing a Research Project
Uwe Flick Alice-Salomon University of Applied Sciences, Berlin This text gives readers the fundamental data collection and analysis skills that they need for their first project, as well as a good understanding of the research process as a whole.
2011 296 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-780-5) 77.00 Paper (978-1-84920-781-2) 24.99

INTRODUCING QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


A Student's Guide
Second Edition
Rosaline Barbour University of Dundee Introducing Qualitative Research is an ideal starter text for those new to the field, providing thorough coverage of all the core areas of qualitative research practice. Rosaline Barbour draws on her extensive teaching experience to provide a clear, user-friendly introduction to the craft of doing qualitative research. Each chapter includes examples of real-life qualitative data and a range of exercises to help students get a feel for the process of generating and analyzing qualitative data. The Second Edition includes: new examples from a range of social science disciplines, making this the ideal book no matter what course is being studied more on unobtrusive methods of data collection, such as documentary analysis more on Internet research methods, mixed methods and visual methods a new section on using software in qualitative research a brand-new Companion Website full of additional lecturer and student resources.

QUALITATIVE METHODOLOGY
A Practical Guide
Jane Mills James Cook University and Melanie Birks Monash University This practical book provides a helpful guide to the research process, introducing the relevant methods of generating, collecting and analyzing data for each discrete methodology and then looking at best practice for presenting findings. This enables new researchers to compare qualitative methods and to confidently select the approach most appropriate for their own research projects. Key features include: summary table for each chapter - allowing quick checks to test knowledge 'window into' sections - real world examples showing each methodology in action student activities learning objectives full glossary annotated suggestions for further reading links to downloadable SAGE articles links to relevant websites and organizations.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION / Qualitative Research Paradigms: Ontology and Epistemology / The Scope and Contribution of Qualitative Research: An Overview of Methods / Research Design / Ethics / PART TWO: GENERATING DATA / Ethnography / Interviewing / Focus Groups / Documentary Analysis, Media Analysis, Internet-Based Research, Visual Methods, Secondary Analysis / PART THREE: COMPLEX RESEARCH DESIGNS IN PRACTICE / Mixing Methods / Action Research / PART FOUR: ANALYZING AND PRESENTING QUALITATIVE DATA / Approaches to Analysis: Thematic Analysis, Grounded Theory and Patterning, Narrative Analysis, Conversation Analysis, Discursive Analysis, IPA, CAQDAS / Theorizing in Qualitative Data Analysis / Presenting and Writing up Qualitative Research / New Challenges and Perennial Dilemmas

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
November 2013 328 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5459-2) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5460-8) 27.99

CONTENTS
An Introduction to Qualitative Research Designs / Practical Philosophy / Methodology: The Blueprint for Qualitative Research / Action Research / Discourse Analysis / Ethnography / Grounded Theory / Historical Research / Case Study / Narrative Inquiry / Phenomenology / Writing Your Formal Proposal / Quality in Qualitative Research / A New Era of Qualitative Research

AN INTRODUCTION TO QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Fourth Edition
Uwe Flick Alice-Salomon University of Applied Sciences, Berlin This book guides the student step-by-step through the qualitative research process, covering all of the main theoretical approaches to qualitative research and providing unmatched coverage of the full range of different qualitative methods and approaches now available to researchers.
2009 528 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-323-1) 88.00 Paper (978-1-84787-324-8) 29.99

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
November 2013 240 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4897-3) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4898-0) 27.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

21

Qualitative Research

INTERPRETING QUALITATIVE DATA


Fourth Edition
David Silverman Goldsmiths College, University of London This is the perfect book for any student new to qualitative research. In this exciting and major updating of his bestselling, benchmark text, David Silverman takes the reader through the basics of gathering and analyzing qualitative data. David Silverman offers beginners unrivalled hands-on guidance necessary to get the best out of a research methods course or an undergraduate research project. New to the Fourth Edition: a new chapter on data analysis dealing with grounded theory, discourse analysis and narrative analysis further worked-through examples of different kinds of data and how to interpret them a separate section on focus groups and interpreting focus group data an expanded ethics chapter more coverage of digital media and photographs as data a Companion Website with additional case studies and examples, links to SAGE journals online, and links to useful websites, podcasts and YouTube videos.

DOING QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Fourth Edition
David Silverman Goldsmiths College, University of London In the Fourth Edition of his bestselling textbook, David Silverman provides a step-by-step guide to planning and conducting qualitative research. Using real examples from real postgraduate students, the book makes it easy to link theory to methods, and shows how to move from understanding the principles of qualitative research to doing it yourself. The new edition has been fully updated and now includes: a brand new chapter on formulating a research question appropriate for qualitative research an expanded discussion of the role of theory in research which includes discussion of grounded theory and narrative analysis as well as the ways in which constructionism and naturalism can inspire research extended discussion of case study research and the number of cases need for effective qualitative research further coverage of focus groups and analyzing Internet data new student examples from around the world a new section on the common pitfalls encountered in qualitative research an expanded Companion Website with more student examples and videos.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THEORY AND METHOD IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH / What Is Qualitative Research? / Designing a Research Project / Data Analysis / Research Ethics / PART TWO: METHODS / Ethnography and Observation / Interviews / Focus Groups / Texts / Naturally-Occurring Talk / Visual Images / PART THREE: RESEARCH PRACTICE / Credible Qualitative Research / Writing Your Report / PART FOUR: IMPLICATIONS / The Relevance of Qualitative Research / The Potential of Qualitative Research: Eight Reminders

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION / How to Use This Book / What You Can (and Can't) Do with Qualitative Research / The Research Experience I / The Research Experiences II / What Counts as 'Originality'? / PART TWO: STARTING OUT / Selecting a Topic / Using Theories / Choosing a Methodology / Selecting a Case / Ethical Research / Writing a Research Proposal / PART THREE: COLLECTING AND ANALYSING YOUR DATA / Collecting Your Data / Developing Data Analysis / Using Computers to Analyse Qualitative Data / Quality in Qualitative Research / Evaluating Qualitative Research / Effective Qualitative Research / PART FOUR: WRITING UP / Writing the First Few Pages and the Literature Review / The Methodology Chapter / Writing Your Data Chapters / Your Final Chapter / PART FIVE: THE FINAL STAGES / Making Good Use of Your Supervisor / Getting Feedback / Surviving an Oral Examination / Getting Published / Audiences

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students on qualitative methods courses
November 2011 520 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-420-6) 88.00 Paper (978-0-85702-421-3) 28.99

READERSHIP

QUALITATIVE RESEARCHING
Second Edition
Jennifer Mason University of Manchester Bridging the gap between 'cookbook' approaches to qualitative research and theory, this edition includes expanded coverage of observation, documents, visual data, CAQDAS and writing up qualitative research.
2002 224 pages Cloth (978-0-7619-7427-7) 83.00 Paper (978-0-7619-7428-4) 26.99

Students planning their own research project, particularly those undertaking research training or postgraduate research in the social sciences
April 2013 472 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-6014-2) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-6015-9) 29.99

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS


Monique Hennink Emory University, Inge Hutter and Ajay Bailey University of Groningen Illustrated throughout, and with a host of case studies, field examples and the author's own research tools, this book takes social science students clearly through the process of conducting qualitative research.
2010 328 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-2225-8) 77.00 Paper (978-1-4129-2226-5) 25.99

22

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Qualitative Research

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH
Third Edition
Edited by David Silverman Goldsmiths College, University of London This book draws on a stellar list of leading qualitative researchers, each of whom is writing on their own specialized area in qualitative research, but doing so in a way that is clear and accessible to students and those new to the field of qualitative methods
2010 464 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-416-3) 87.00 Paper (978-1-84920-417-0) 28.99

A VERY SHORT, FAIRLY INTERESTING AND REASONABLY CHEAP BOOK ABOUT QUALITATIVE RESEARCH
Second Edition
David Silverman Goldsmiths College, University of London David Silverman's Second Edition provides a refreshing introduction to doing and debating qualitative research. The book demonstrates that getting to grips with qualitative methods means asking ourselves fundamental questions about how we are influenced by contemporary culture. By drawing on examples from websites and social media, Silverman's text acknowledges how our social worlds are changing and explores new arenas for data collection. A new 'glossary of received ideas' which aims to challenge conventional understandings of terms central to qualitative research will inform, amuse and stimulate students and academics alike.

DAVID

CONTENTS
Introduction to the Second Edition / Innumerable Inscrutable Habits: Why Unremarkable Things Matter / On Finding and Manufacturing Qualitative Data / Instances or Sequences? / Applying Qualitative Research / The Aesthetics of Qualitative Research: On Bullshit and Tonsils / A Very Short Conclusion / A Glossary of Received Ideas

READERSHIP
Students, academics and researchers across the social sciences VERY SHORT, FAIRLY INTERESTING & CHEAP BOOKS
January 2013 200 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5217-8) 50.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5218-5) 14.99

DAVID SILVERMAN
David Silverman is Professor Emeritus at the Sociology Department of Goldsmiths, University of London. He is also Visiting Professor in the Management Department at Kings College, University of London and Visiting Professor in the Business School at the University of Technology, Sydney. He attended Christ's College Finchley and did a BSc (Economics) at the London School of Economics in the 1960s. Afterwards,he went to the USA for graduate work, obtaining an MA in the Sociology Department, University of California, Los Angeles.He returned to LSE to write a PhD on organization theory. This was published as The Theory of Organizations in 1970. Apart from brief spells teaching at UCLA,his main teaching career was at Goldsmiths College.His three major research projects were on decision making in the Personnel Department of the Greater London Council (Organizational Work, written with Jill Jones, 1975), paediatric outpatient clinics (Communication and Medical Practice, 1987) and HIV-test counselling (Discourses of Counselling,1997). He pioneered a taught MA in Qualitative Research at Goldsmiths in 1985 and supervised around 30 successful PhD students. Since becoming Emeritus Professor in 1999,he hascontinued publishing methodology books.He has also run workshops for research students in Finland, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, France, Sri Lanka and Tanzania. Besides all this, David's other interests include classical music, literary fiction, bridge, county cricket andspending time with hisgrandchildren.

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

23

Qualitative Research

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH PRACTICE


A Guide for Social Science Students and Researchers
Second Edition
Jane Ritchie, Jane Lewis and Carol McNaughton Nicholls National Centre for Social Research, London and Rachel Ormston Scottish Centre for Social Research Written by a team of leading researchers associated with NatCen Social Research (the National Centre for Social Research) this textbook leads students and researchers through the entire process of qualitative research from beginning to end - moving through design, sampling, data collection, analysis and reporting. In this fully revised Second Edition you will find: a practical account of how to carry out qualitative research which recognizes a range of current approaches and applications updated advice on using software when analyzing qualitative data new case studies which illustrate issues students may encounter and how problems have been tackled by other researchers brand new chapters on ethics and observational research.

SUCCESSFUL QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


A Practical Guide for Beginners
Virginia Braun University of Auckland and Victoria Clarke University of the West of England Successful Qualitative Research is an accessible, practical guide to doing qualitative research. It sidesteps detailed theoretical discussion and focuses on the core commonalities, providing a toolkit of methods, explains why and when each method is used, and demonstrates how they are used. For clarity and consistence, the authors use the same data set - reproduced in full - to apply the different processes and outcomes of the analytical methods they cover. Additional data sets and audio interviews to support the textbook are available online at www.sagepub.co.uk/braunandclarke. Key features include: organization based around the process of doing qualitative research successfully from start to finish it adopts a unique 'patterns framework' to qualitative data analysis, also known as 'thematic analysis' its skills-based approach, utilising a range of pedagogical features, encourages students to actually apply particular techniques and learn from their experience.

CONTENTS
PART ONE / Foundations of Qualitative Research / Application of Qualitative Methods to Social Research / Generalising from Qualitative Research / Ethical Issues in Qualitative Research / PART TWO: RESEARCH DESIGN / Design Issues / Designing and Selecting Samples / Designing Fieldwork Strategies and Materials / PART THREE: DATA COLLECTION / In Depth Interviews / Focus Groups and Other Forms of Group Work / Observations, Visual Methods and New Technology / PART FOUR: ANALYSIS / Analysis / Carrying out Qualitative Analysis / PART FIVE: REPORTING / Reporting and Presenting Qualitative Data

CONTENTS
PART ONE: SUCCESSFULLY GETTING STARTED IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH / Some Very Important Starting Information / Ten Fundamentals for Qualitative Research / Planning and Designing Qualitative Research / PART TWO: SUCCESSFULLY COLLECTING QUALITATIVE DATA / Interactive Data Collection 1: Interviews / Interactive Data Collection 2: Focus Groups / Textual Data Collection: Surveys, Stories, Diaries and Secondary Sources / PART THREE: SUCCESSFULLY ANALYSING QUALITATIVE DATA / Preparing Audio Data for Analysis: Transcription / Chapter Eight: Moving Towards Analysis / First Analytic Steps: Familiarisation and Data Coding / Identifying Patterns Across Data / Analysing and Interpreting Patterns Across Data / PART FOUR: Successfully Completing Qualitative Research / Quality Criteria and Techniques for Qualitative Research / Writing and Communicating Qualitative Research

READERSHIP
Students, practitioners and researchers in the social sciences
November 2013 368 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0911-0) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0912-7) 27.99

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social and behavioural sciences
January 2013 272 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-581-5) 85.00 Paper (978-1-84787-582-2) 27.99

BASICS OF QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory
Fourth Edition
Juliet Corbin International Institute for Qualitative Methodology and Anselm Strauss The Fourth Edition of this bestselling text continues to offer immensely practical advice and technical expertise to aid researchers in making sense of their collected data. It presents methods that will enable researchers to analyze and interpret their data, and ultimately build theory from it. Highly accessible in their approach, the authors provide a step-by-step guide to the research act - from the formation of the research question through several approaches to coding and analysis, to reporting on the research. Full of definitions and illustrative examples, this highly accessible book concludes with chapters that present criteria for evaluating a study, as well as responses to common questions posed by students of qualitative research.
December 2013 416 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9746-1) 38.99

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH FOR THE SOCIAL SCIENCES


Marilyn Lichtman Virginia Tech Qualitative Research for the Social Sciences presents a broad coverage of the theoretical and historical context of the field of qualitative research as it is applied to a variety of social science disciplines. It presents a variety of qualitative research approaches and the processes through which data are gathered and organized; and it address issues of analyzing data, presenting completed qualitative research, and evaluating and judging research. The book combines both theoretical and practical information. Newer issues related to studying social cultures (e.g. Facebook), web2.0 and 3.0 computing, sharing data using widgets, and globalization are also addressed.
November 2013 352 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9864-2) 38.99

24

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Qualitative Research

DOING QUALITATIVE RESEARCH DIFFERENTLY


A Psychosocial Approach
Second Edition
Wendy Hollway Open University and Tony Jefferson Keele University Wendy Hollway and Tony Jefferson have updated their ground-breaking book for students and researchers looking to do qualitative research differently. The new edition critically reviews many of the assumptions, claims and methods of qualitative research and also acts as a 'how to' guide to the method the authors call the 'free association narrative interview'. In the new edition, the authors situate their arguments firmly within a tradition of psychosocial research and show how their method has developed over the last decade. The book follows this approach through the phases of empirical research practice. At each stage, they use examples from their own research and end with an extended case study which demonstrates the value of their method in producing a psychosocial research subject; that is, one with socially imbued depth, complexity and biographical uniqueness.

DIGITAL TOOLS FOR QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Trena Paulus University of Tennessee Knoxville, Jessica Lester Washington State University and Paul Dempster University of Leeds Digital Tools for Qualitative Research shows how the research process in its entirety can be supported by technology tools in ways that can save time and add robustness and depth to qualitative work. It addresses the use of a variety of tools (many of which may already be familiar to you) to support every phase of the research process, providing practical case studies taken from real world research. The text shows students how to select and use technology tools to: engage in reflexivity collaborate with other researchers and stakeholders manage their project do a literature review generate and manage data transcribe and analyse textual, audio and visual data and represent and share findings.

CONTENTS
'A Life Changing Book': Introduction to the Second Edition / The Need to Do Research Differently / Researching the Fear of Crime / Producing Data with Defended Subjects / Analyzing Data with Defended Subjects / The Ethics of Researching Psychosocial Subjects / Biography, Demography and Generalizability / A Psychosocial Case Study / Original Afterword / New Developments since 2000

CONTENTS
Engaging in Reflexivity and Making Ethical Choices as a Researcher / Collaborating and Managing Research Projects / Reviewing the Literature / Generating and Managing Data / Transcribing Audio and Video Data / Analyzing Textual Data / Analyzing Audio and Visual Data / Representing the Findings / Looking to the Future

READERSHIP
Upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students on research methods and dissertation courses across the social sciences
November 2012 200 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5491-2) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5492-9) 26.99

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
November 2013 288 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5606-0) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5607-7) 26.99

QUALITATIVE INQUIRY IN EVERYDAY LIFE


Working with Everyday Life Materials
Svend Brinkmann Aalborg University, Denmark This book is a 'survival guide' for students and researchers who would like to conduct a qualitative study with limited resources. Svend Brinkmann shows how everyday life materials such as books, television, the Internet, the media, and everyday conversations and interactions can help us to understand larger social issues. This book will help its reader develop a disciplined and analytic awareness informed by theory, and shows how less can be more in qualitative research. Each chapter introduces theoretical tools to think with and demonstrates how they can be put to use in working concretely with everyday life materials.

README FIRST FOR A USER'S GUIDE TO QUALITATIVE METHODS


Third Edition
Lyn Richards RMIT University and Janice M Morse University of Utah, Salt Lake City This book teaches not just a single method, but a range of methods to help students understand why there are so many ways of working qualitatively.
June 2012 336 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9806-2) 35.99

CONTENTS
Introduction: Making Less More / PART ONE / Qualitative Research and Everyday Life / The Epistemology of Working with Everyday Life Materials / The Ethics of Working with Everyday Life Materials / PART TWO / Self Observation / Conversations / Media Materials / Movies, Images and Television / Books of Fiction / Conclusions: On Quality

View our full listing at ResearchMethods titles online at www.sagepub.co.uk

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
July 2012 208 pages Cloth (978-0-8570-2475-6) 75.00 Paper (978-0-8570-2476-3) 24.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

25

Qualitative Research

USING SOFTWARE IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


A Step-by-Step Guide
Second Edition
Ann Lewins and Christina Silver both at CAQDAS Networking Project, University of Surrey Using Software in Qualitative Research is an essential introduction to the practice and principles of Computer Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis (CAQDAS). The book will help students to choose the most appropriate package for their needs and get the most out of the software once they are using it. Considering a wide range of tasks and processes in the data management and analysis process, the book shows how software can help students at each stage. In the new edition, the authors present three case studies with different forms of data (text, video and mixed methods data) and show how each step in the analysis process for each project could be supported by software.

SAMPLING AND CHOOSING CASES IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Nick Emmel University of Leeds By introducing widely used sampling methodologies and identifying key theoretical assumptions, Nick Emmel considers how researchers generate samples and make empirical and theoretical claims from the cases they choose. This book offers clear guidelines to inform researchers' justifications for sampling. It accepts that social research is often messy and that researchers need insight into the methodological principles that underlie their judgements. Drawing on case studies from across the social sciences, it examines: approaches to sampling sample size accessing participants ethical issues ways in which sampling choices and cases frame claims made from research.

CONTENTS
Qualitative Data Analysis and CAQDAS / How Can Software Support My Research Project? / Data and Their Preparation for CAQDAS Packages / Early Steps in Software: Practical Tasks and Familiarisation / Exploration and Data-Level Work / Qualitative Coding in Software: Principles and Approaches / Coding Tasks in Software / Coding Scheme, Coding Frames / Basic Retrieval of Coded Data / Managing Processes and Interpretations through Writing / Mapping Ideas, Linking Concepts and Visualising Connections / Organising Data to Known Characteristics / Interrogation of Data

CONTENTS
Introduction: From Sampling to Making Claims in Qualitative Research / Theoretical Sampling: Lifting the Veil on Theory / Purposeful, and Purposive or Theoretical Sampling: Making Choices / A Realist Sampling Strategy / It's not the Size That Matters, It's What You Do with It: Sample Size / 'Oh No, They Said No': The Challenges of Access / From the Swamp to a Clearer View from the Uplands: Representativeness and Abstraction / The On-Going Negotiation of Ethics / Choosing cases

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
November 2013 320 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4972-7) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4973-4) 26.99

READERSHIP
Postgraduate students and researchers engaging with sampling and qualitative methods
September 2013 172 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-509-8) 75.00 Paper (978-0-85702-510-4) 24.99

APPLIED THEMATIC ANALYSIS


Greg Guest Social Research Solutions, Kathleen M MacQueen FHI 360, Emily E Namey Social Research Solutions and FHI 360 This book provides step -by-step instructions on how to analyze text generated from in-depth interviews and focus groups, relating predominantly to applied qualitative studies.
January 2012 320 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-7167-6) 44.99

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Fourth Edition
Edited by Norman K Denzin University of Illinois and Yvonna S Lincoln Texas A&M University Representing the best thinking from top scholars around the world, this new edition continues the book's tradition of synthesizing an existing literature, defining the present and shaping the future of qualitative research. The editors and contributors address issues of social justice and examine how people's struggles can inform public issues and in turn be transformed into social policy. Their writings are underpinned by a critical framework and they are committed to addressing inequalities. As with previous editions, their aim is to show how the practices of qualitative research can effect change in the world in positive ways.

THE SAGE DICTIONARY OF QUALITATIVEINQUIRY


Fourth Edition
Thomas A Schwandt University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign A guide to the terms and phrases that partially shape the origins, purpose, logic, meaning, and methods of the practices known as qualitative inquiry, this Third Edition has 70 additional terms as well as a Readers' Guide.
December 2013 384 pages Paper (978-1-4522-1745-1) 38.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: LOCATING THE FIELD / PART TWO: PARADIGMS AND PERSPECTIVES IN CONTENTION / PART THREE: STRATEGIES OF INQUIRY / PART FOUR: METHODS OF COLLECTING AND ANALYZING EMPIRICAL MATERIALS / PART FIVE: THE ART AND PRACTICES OF INTERPRETATION, EVALUATION, AND PRESENTATION / PART SIX: THE FUTURE OF QUALITATIVE RESEARCH
2011 784 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-7417-2) 95.00

26

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Qualitative Research / Qualitative Data Analysis

COLLECTING AND INTERPRETING QUALITATIVE MATERIALS


Fourth Edition
Edited by Norman K Denzin University of Illinois and Yvonna S Lincoln Texas A&M University Introduces the researcher to basic methods of gathering, analyzing and interpreting qualitative empirical materials.
December 2012 656 pages Paper (978-1-4522-5804-1) 38.99

THE LANDSCAPE OF QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Fourth Edition
Edited by Norman K Denzin University of Illinois and Yvonna S Lincoln Texas A&M University Putting the field of qualitative research in context, this text offers background on the field, starting with history, then action research and the academy, and the politics and ethics of qualitative research.
December 2012 640 pages Paper (978-1-4522-5806-5) 38.99

STRATEGIES OF QUALITATIVE INQUIRY


Fourth Edition
Edited by Norman K Denzin University of Illinois and Yvonna S Lincoln Texas A&M University Isolates the major strategies - historically, the research methods - that researchers c a n u s e i n c o n d u c t i n g c o n c r e te qualitative studies.
December 2012 448 pages Paper (978-1-4522-5805-8) 35.99

OVER 4,000 EBOOKS AND COUNTING...


eBooks are now available from SAGE in a wide variety of formats covering every aspect of our publishing programme. To find out more about our retail and library aggregator partners please visit www.sagepub.co.uk/ebooks

FREE ELECTRONIC INSPECTION COPIES FOR LECTURERS


SAGE has teamed up with a number of online delivery partners so lecturers can have digital access to textbooks for consideration for course use. Contact your local sales representative at www.sagepub.co.uk/findmyrep for all your course needs.

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

27

Qualitative Data Analysis

QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS WITH NVIVO


Second Edition
Pat Bazeley Research Support P/L and Kristi Jackson Queri, Inc. This straightforward, jargon-free book provides an invaluable introduction to planning and conducting qualitative data analysis with NVivo. Written by leading authorities, with over 40 years combined experience in computer-assisted analysis of qualitative and mixedmode data, the new edition of this best selling textbook is an ideal mix of practical instruction, methodology and real world examples. Practical, clear and focused the book effectively shows how NVivo software can accommodate and assist analysis across a wide range of research questions, data types, perspectives and methodologies. This Second Edition contains new chapters on handling a literature review, visualizing data, working in mixed methods and social media datasets, and approaching NVivo as a team. An insightful step-bystep guide to the messy reality of doing computer-assisted analysis, this successful book is essential reading for anyone considering using NVivo software.

QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS


Practical Strategies
Pat Bazeley Research Support P/L Written by an experienced researcher in the field of qualitative methods, this dynamic new book provides a definitive introduction to analyzing qualitative data. It is a clear, accessible and practical guide to each stage of the process, including: designing and managing qualitative data for analysis working with data through interpretive, comparative, pattern and relational analyses developing explanatory theory and coherent conclusions, based on qualitative data. The book pairs theoretical discussion with practical advice using a host of examples from diverse projects across the social sciences. It describes data analysis strategies in actionable steps and helpfully links these to the use of computer software where relevant.

CONTENTS
Perspectives: Qualitative Computing and NVivo / Starting Out, with a View Ahead / Designing an NVivo Database / Coding Basics / Going on with Coding / Cases, Classifications, and Comparisons / Working with Multimedia Sources / Adding Reference Material to Your NVivo Project / Datasets and Mixed Methods / Tools and Strategies for Visualizing Data / Using Coding and Queries to Further Analysis / Teamwork with NVivo

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PREPARING THE WAY: LAYING THE FOUNDATIONS FOR ANALYSIS / Foundations for Thinking and Working Qualitatively / Designing for Analysis / Managing and Preparing Data for Analysis / PART TWO: WORKING WITH DATA: A PATHWAY INTO ANALYSIS / DATA SAMPLES - BECOMING/ BEING A RESEARCHER / Read, Reflect and Connect: Initial Explorations of Data / Codes and Coding: Principles and Practice / Naming, Organising, and Refining Codes / Alternative Approaches to Breaking Open and Connecting Data / PART THREE: DESCRIBE, COMPARE, AND RELATE: MOVING ON FROM CODES AND THEMES / Describing, Evolving and Theorising Concepts / Comparative Analyses as a Means of Furthering Analysis / Relational Analyses / PART FOUR: BRINGING IT TOGETHER-MOVING TOWARD CLIMAX AND CLOSURE / IfThenIs It Because? Developing Explanatory Models and Theories / Developing Coherent Understanding / Defending and Extending: Issues of Quality and Significance

READERSHIP
Researchers and students across the social sciences
May 2013 264 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5655-8) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5656-5) 27.99

READERSHIP

PAT
PAT BAZELEY

Researchers and students across the social sciences


February 2013 320 pages Cloth (978-1-8492-0302-9) 75.00 Paper (978-1-8492-0303-6) 26.99

For the past 12 years Pat Bazeley has been providing training, assistance, time out, country baking and fresh food to local and international researchers from a wide range of disciplines at her research farm retreat at Bowral, in the Southern Highlands of New South Wales. Occasionally she retreats herself. She also has a small role as an Associate Professor in the Centre for Primary Health Care and Equity at the University of New South Wales. Since graduating in psychology with some slow-down periods for child development and house construction Pat has worked in community development, project consulting and academic research development. In consequence, she has had experience with research design and methodology broadly across the social sciences, in both academic and applied settings. Her particular expertise is in helping researchers make sense of both quantitative and qualitative data and in using computer software for management and analysis of data. Her publications focus on qualitative and mixed methods data analysis, and on the development and performance of researchers.
28
ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

sample cover

Qualitative Data Analysis

THE CODING MANUAL FOR QUALITATIVE RESEARCHERS


Second Edition
Johnny Saldaa Arizona State University The Second Edition of Johnny Saldaa's international bestseller provides an in-depth guide to the multiple approaches available for coding qualitative data. Fully up-to-date, it includes new chapters, more coding techniques and an additional glossary. Practical and authoritative, the book: describes how coding initiates qualitative data analysis demonstrates the writing of analytic memos discusses available analytic software suggests how best to use The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers for particular studies. In total, 32 coding methods are profiled that can be applied to a range of research genres from grounded theory, to phenomenology, to narrative inquiry. For each approach, Saldaa discusses the method's origins, gives a description of the method, offers practical applications,and presents a clearly illustrated example with analytic follow-up.

INTERPRETATIVE PHENOMENOLOGICAL ANALYSIS


Theory, Method and Research
Jonathan A Smith Birkbeck College, Paul Flowers Glasgow Caledonian University and Michael Larkin University of Birmingham Interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) is an increasingly popular approach to qualitative inquiry. This handy text covers its theoretical foundations and provides a detailed guide to conducting IPA research.
2009 232 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-0833-7) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4129-0834-4) 25.99

QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS


An Introduction
Second Edition
Carol Grbich Flinders University In this fully updated and expanded Second Edition, Carol Grbich provides a guide through current issues in the analysis of qualitative data. Packed with detailed examples, a glossary, further reading lists and a section on writing up, this easy-to-read text is exactly what students need to get them started in qualitative research. The new edition covers analytical approaches including: grounded theory classical, existential and hermeneutic phenomenology feminist research including memory work classical, auto- and cyber-ethnography as well as ethnodrama content, narrative, conversation and discourse analysis visual interpretation semiotic, structural and post-structural analyses.

CONTENTS
An Introduction to Codes and Coding / Writing Analytic Memos / First Cycle Coding Methods / After First-Cycle Coding / Second-Cycle Coding Methods / After Second-Cycle Coding

READERSHIP
Students, teachers and practitioners in disciplines such as education, sociology, communication, anthropology, psychology, business, political science, social work and health care
October 2012 328 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4736-5) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4737-2) 25.99

QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS USING A DIALOGICAL APPROACH


Paul Sullivan University of Bradford A major new contribution to the field of qualitative data analysis, this book sets out the theory and practice of dialogical approaches.
December 2011 208 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-609-9) 75.00 Paper (978-1-84920-610-5) 24.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: GENERAL APPROACHES TO COLLECTING AND ANALYZING QUALITATIVE DATA / Introduction / Design Methodologies, Data Management and Analytical Approaches / Incorporating Data from Multiple Sources: Mixing Methods / PART TWO: TRADITIONAL APPROACHES FOR COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS OF QUALITATIVE DATA / Classical Ethnography / Critical Ethnography / Feminist Approaches / Grounded Theory / Phenomenology / PART THREE: NEWER QUALITATIVE APPROACHES / Postmodern Influences on Society and Qualitative Research / Auto-Ethnography / Poetic Inquiry / Ethnodrama / Cyber-Ethnography and E-Research / PART FOUR: ANALYTIC APPROACHES FOR EXISTING DOCUMENTATION / Structural and PostStructural / Semiotic Structural and Post-Structural Analysis / Content Analysis of Written Texts / Content Analysis of Visual Documentation / Narrative Analysis / Conversational Analysis / Discourse Analysis / PART FIVE: DATA MANAGEMENT USING QUALITATIVE COMPUTING PROGRAMMES / Coding / Overview of Qualitative Computing Programs / PART SIX: INTERPRETING AND PRESENTING QUALITATIVE DATA / Theorizing from Data / Innovative Data Display

QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS WITH ATLAS.TI


Susanne Friese University of Hannover Written by an ATLAS.ti trainer with 15 years experience, this is the very first book written to help readers carry out a qualitative research project using ATLAS.ti.
2011 288 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-130-4) 77.00 Paper (978-0-85702-131-1) 25.99

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
November 2012 344 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0296-8) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0297-5) 26.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

29

Qualitative Data Analysis

ANALYSIS IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


Hennie R Boeije University of Utrecht This book helps students prepare and successfully finish their qualitative data analysis. It sets out an easy to grasp model - the spiral of analysis - that shows how to break up the data with coding and how to subsequently integrate the data to yield a meaningful picture of the phenomenon under study. It offers useful devices to guide the reader through the last difficult integrating phase of qualitative analysis including diagramming, memoing, thinking aloud and using one's feelings. The book incorporates the support of software for qualitative data analysis. The analysis is placed in the context of modern quality criteria and the demands posed on the reporting. The book cannot take the place of the process of thinking about the data, but it does provide thinking aids and practical tools to process the data, which can result in interesting findings.

QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS FROM START TO FINISH


Jamie Harding University of Northumbria In this brilliant new book, Jamie Harding breaks down the process of analysing qualitative data into simple, retraceable steps. After providing some top tips for designing research and collecting data, he takes students through the different stages of analysis, from the first reading of transcripts, to presenting findings in a report or dissertation. For each stage of the process there are demonstrations using real data and exercises for students to perform. He unpicks what happens behind the scenes in qualitative data analysis the bit thats hard to learn without seeing it happen and trying it themselves. While acknowledging that there are many different forms that qualitative data analysis can take, the book provides a series of ideas and examples that students will find invaluable when analysing their own data.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION TO QUALITATIVE RESEARCH / PART TWO: RESEARCH DESIGN / PART THREE: ETHICS IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH / PART FOUR: DATA COLLECTION / PART FIVE: PRINCIPLES OF QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS / PART SIX: DOING QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS / PART SEVEN: INTEGRATIVE PROCEDURES / PART EIGHT: FINDINGS / PART NINE: QUALITY OF THE RESEARCH / PART TEN: WRITING THE RESEARCH REPORT

CONTENTS
Beginning the Study / Collecting and Managing Interview and Focus Group Data / First Stages of Analyzing Interview Data / Using Codes to Analyze an Illustrative Issue / Identifying Conceptual Themes and Building Theory / Alternative Approaches to Analyzing Qualitative Data / Analyzing Focus Group Data / Writing about Research (1) / Writing about Research (2)

READERSHIP
Upper-level undergraduate students, masters students, postgraduate students and anybody beginning a research project
2009 240 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-006-3) 80.00 Paper (978-1-84787-007-0) 26.99

READERSHIP
Students across the social sciences
February 2013 220 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-138-0) 75.00 Paper (978-0-85702-139-7) 24.99

A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO USING PANEL DATA


Alita Nandi and Simonetta Longhi both at University of Essex This timely, thoughtful book provides a clear introduction to using panel data in research. It describes the different types of panel data sets commonly used for empirical analysis, and how to use them for cross-sectional, panel and event history analysis. The authors then guide the reader through the data management and estimation process, including the interpretation of the results and the preparation of the final output tables. Using existing data sets and structured as hands-on exercises, each chapter engages with practical issues associated with using data in research.

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS


Edited by Uwe Flick Alice-Salomon University of Applied Sciences, Berlin The wide range of approaches to data analysis in qualitative research can seem daunting even for experienced researchers. This handbook is the first to provide a state-of-the art overview of the whole field of QDA; from general analytic strategies used in qualitative research, to approaches specific to particular types of qualitative data, including talk, text, sounds, images and virtual data. The handbook includes chapters on traditional analytic strategies such as grounded theory, content analysis, hermeneutics, phenomenology and narrative analysis, as well as coverage of newer trends like mixed methods, reanalysis and meta-analysis. Practical aspects such as sampling, transcription, working collaboratively, writing and implementation are given close attention, as are theory and theorization, reflexivity, and ethics.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: DATA PREPARATION IN MICRO PANEL SURVEYS / Why Panel Surveys / Different Types of Panel Surveys / A First Look at the Data Using Stata / Preparing the Data for Longitudinal Analysis / Combining HouseholdLevel and Individual-Level Data / Identifying Household Members and Matching Information of Spouses/Partners / PART TWO: ANALYSIS OF CROSS-SECTION AND PANEL DATA / Analysis of Cross-Section Data / Analysis of Panel Data for Continuous Dependent Variables / Analysis of Models of Discrete Dependent Variables / Do We Need to Use Weights? Does Sampling Design and Non-Response Matter? / PART THREE: EVENT HISTORY: DATA PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS / Introduction to Event History/Duration/Survival Analysis / Structure of Retrospective Files / Analysing Event History Data / PART FOUR: PRESENTING YOUR RESULTS / Presenting the Results

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION / PART TWO: CONCEPTS, CONTEXTS, BASICS / PART THREE: ANALYTIC STRATEGIES / PART FOUR: SORTS OF DATA AND THEIR ANALYSIS / PART FIVE: USING AND ASSESSING QUALITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS

READERSHIP
Qualitative students and researchers across disciplines
December 2013 650 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0898-4) 95.00

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
November 2013 200 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-1086-4) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-1087-1) 24.99

30

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Grounded Theory

REDISCOVERING GROUNDED THEORY


Barry Gibson University of Sheffield and Jan Hartman Lund University Rediscovering Grounded Theor y is a bold re-evaluation of the origins of grounded theory, a philosophical clarification of its key ideas and a presentation of the most effective way to use its techniques in research. It answers questions such as What should grounded theory look like?, How do I recognise grounded theory? and How do I produce good grounded theory? by returning to the original ideas as they were presented by Glaser and Strauss. Sharp, clear and thought-provoking, the book includes: detailed analysis of the current literature exemplar sections filled with detailed, real world examples and applications profiles of the main theorists a detailed glossary It will provide students with a grasp of what a grounded theory should look like, take students through the process of building a grounded theory and then explain best practice for critically evaluating the quality of grounded theory research.

GROUNDED THEORY FOR QUALITATIVE RESEARCH


A Practical Guide
Cathy Urquhart Manchester Metropolitan University Business School Fresh, innovative and clear, this book traces the history and development of grounded theory method and examines how the method is evolving for new contexts today. It sets out the principles involved in using grounded theory method and explains the process and theory associated with coding in grounded theory. The book introduces readers to the practicalities of research design, theory-building, coding and writing up and provides the tools to tackle key questions: what is grounded theory? How do we code and theorize using grounded theory? How do we write up a grounded theory study?

CONTENTS
Introduction / Understanding Analysis / Grounded Theory Method (GTM) / Research Design using GTM / Coding and Conceptualizing / Building the Theory / Scaling up the Theory / Writing up a Grounded Theory Study / The Contribution of Grounded Theory: Some Reflections

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
November 2012 224 pages Cloth (978-1-8478-7053-7) 70.00 Paper (978-1-8478-7054-4) 23.99

CONTENTS
What Kind of Theory is a Grounded Theory? / Induction and Realism in Grounded Theory / Categorisation in Grounded Theory / Theoretical Coding and the Nature of Relations / Theoretical Sensitivity / Theoretical Sampling / Theoretical Pacing / Theoretical Coding / Theoretical Memos / Theoretical Sorting / The Literature / Theoretical Writing / Generating Formal Theory
November 2013 256 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4870-6) 70.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4871-3) 23.99

CONSTRUCTING GROUNDED THEORY


Second Edition
Kathy Charmaz Sonoma State University This Second Edition of Kathy Charmaz's groundbreaking and bestselling text retains the accessible and engaging style of the first edition to present for readers a benchmark introduction to doing grounded theory from a constructivist perspective. The book: explores how to effectively focus on data collection and to think about it for theorizing adds two new chapters that guide the reader through conducting and analysing interviews in grounded theory studies adds a new chapter on the relationship between symbolic interactionism and grounded theory considers recent epistemological debates about the place of prior theory and the legacy of Anselm Strauss for grounded theory. This book is a must-have for any student or researcher serious about understanding and doing grounded theory research.

CONTENTS
An Invitation to Grounded Theory / Gathering Rich Data / Conducting Interviews for Grounded Theory Studies / Coding in Grounded Theory Practice / MemoWriting / Theoretical Sampling, Saturation and Sorting / Reconstructing Theory in Grounded Theory Studies / Constructing Grounded Theory through Symbolic Interactionism / Writing the Draft / Reflecting on the Research Process

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences INTRODUCING QUALITATIVE METHODS SERIES
November 2013 224 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-913-3) 75.00 Paper (978-0-85702-914-0) 24.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

31

Grounded Theory / Ethnography

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF GROUNDED THEORY


Edited by Antony Bryant Leeds Metropolitan University and Kathy Charmaz Sonoma State University This handbook gives a comprehensive overview of the theory and practice of grounded theory, taking into account the many attempts to revise and refine Glaser and Strauss' original formulation and the debates that have followed.
2010 656 pages Paper (978-1-84920-478-1) 31.99

DOING VISUAL ETHNOGRAPHY


Third Edition
Sarah Pink RMIT University, Melbourne Essential reading for anyone wishing to engage with images, technologies and ways of seeing and experiencing society, Doing Visual Ethnography is a milestone in ethnographic and visual research. The Third Edition of this classic text includes new chapters on web-based practices for visual ethnography and the issues surrounding the representation, interpretation and authoring of knowledge with the rise of digital media. Drawing upon her original research and the experiences of other ethnographers Sarah Pink once again challenges our understanding of the world and sets new agendas for visual ethnography by: helpfully illustrating key concepts within real world contexts introducing examples from both analogue and digital media exploring material and electronic texts setting out the shift towards applied, participatory and public visual scholarship.

SITUATING EVERYDAY LIFE


Practices and Places
Sarah Pink RMIT University, Melbourne The study of everyday life is fundamental to our understanding of modern society. This agenda-setting book provides a coherent, interdisciplinary way to engage with everyday activities and environments. Arguing for an innovative, ethnographic approach, it uses detailed examples, based in real-world and digital research, to bring its theories to life. The book focuses on the sensory, embodied, mobile and mediated elements of practice and place as a route to understanding wider issues. By doing so, it convincingly outlines a robust theoretical and methodological approach to understanding contemporary everyday life and activism.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THINKING ABOUT VISUAL ETHNOGRAPHY: HISTORICAL, THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL PERSPECTIVES / Visual Ethnography Across Disciplines / Ways of Seeing, Knowing And Showing / Planning And Practising Visual Ethnography / PART TWO: PRODUCING KNOWLEDGE / Photography In Ethnographic Research / Video In Ethnographic Research / Doing Visual Ethnography With The Web / Making Meanings in Visual Ethnography / PART THREE: REPRESENTING VISUAL ETHNOGRAPHY / Photography And Ethnographic Writing / Video In Ethnographic Representation / Making Visual Ethnography Public Online/Digitally

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social science
September 2013 272 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-1116-8) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-1117-5) 24.99

CONTENTS
Introduction: (Re)Thinking about Everyday Life and Activism / Theorizing the Familiar: Practices and Places / Researching Practices, Places and Representations: Methodologies and Methods / Beyond Doing the Dishes: Putting Kitchen Practices in Place / Making the Sensory Home: Laundry Routes and Energy Flows / Tracing Neighbourhood Flows: Making a Garden Place / (Re)Making Towns: Sustainable Activist Places, Practices and Representations / The Digital Places of Everyday Life: Thinking about Activism and the Internet / Conclusions: Sustainable Places, Activist Practices and Everyday Life

CRITICAL ETHNOGRAPHY
Method, Ethics, and Performance
Second Edition
D Soyini Madison Northwestern University Presents a fresh new look at critical ethnography by emphasizing the significance of ethics and performance in the art and politics of fieldwork.
2011 304 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8024-1) 33.99

READERSHIP
Postgraduate students and researchers of cultural sociology, social theory and the sociology of everyday life
April 2012 176 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-056-7) 65.00 Paper (978-0-85702-057-4) 21.99

BEING ETHNOGRAPHIC
A Guide to the Theory and Practice of Ethnography
Raymond Madden La Trobe University Full of practical 'how to' tips for applying theoretical methods, this book also provides advice for new and experienced researchers on how to engage with their own participation in the field. There are lots of case studies and practical tools and study aids for those doing ethnographic research.
2010 216 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-4696-4) 74.00 Paper (978-1-4129-4697-1) 24.99

32

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Action Research / Interviewing

ALL YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT ACTION RESEARCH


Second Edition
Jean McNiff York St John University and Jack Whitehead University of Bath Action research is one of the most popular approaches to research in education, health and business, and in this Second Edition, expert practitioners Jean McNiff and Jack Whitehead guide the reader through everything they need to know to plan and carry out a successful action research project.
2011 280 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-582-1) 77.00 Paper (978-0-85702-583-8) 25.99

ACTION RESEARCH
Fourth Edition
Ernest T Stringer Curtin University of Technology This book serves as an invaluable guide to novice researchers and enables readers to understand how the research procedures work in real-life contexts. Its simple and engaging style makes it especially relevant to those working with children, young adults, or people in community contexts, and it is particularly relevant to those dealing with issues of diversity, and with marginalized and disenfranchised groups.
August 2013 304 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0508-3) 31.99

QUALITATIVE INTERVIEWING
The Art of Hearing Data
Third Edition
Herbert J Rubin and Irene S Rubin Northern Illinois University Assuming no prior knowledge, this text takes readers through the entire process of qualitative interviewing in a reassuring and accessible way.
December 2011 288 pages Paper (978-1-4129-7837-8) 39.99

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF ACTION RESEARCH


Participative Inquiry and Practice
Second Edition
Edited by Peter Reason University of Bath and Hilary Bradbury University of Southern California College Building on the strength of the seminal first edition, The SAGE Handbook of Action Research has been completely updated to bring chapters in line with the latest research approaches in this field of social inquiry.
2007 752 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-2029-2) 95.00 Paper (978-1-4462-7114-8) 39.99

INTERVIEWS
Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing
Second Edition
Steinar Kvale University of Aarhus and Svend Brinkmann Aalborg University, Denmark Continuing to focus on the practical, epistemological and ethical issues involved with interviewing, this thoroughly revised bestseller prepares students for learning interviewing by doing interviews and by studying examples of best practice.
2008 376 pages Paper (978-0-7619-2542-2) 40.99

DOING ACTION RESEARCH IN YOUR OWN ORGANIZATION


Third Edition
David Coghlan Trinity College Dublin and Teresa Brannick University College Dublin Revised and updated, this Third Edition contains an expanded discussion on the politics and ethics of insider action research; an expanded chapter on writing an action research dissertation; and more case examples and reflective exercises taken from a wide variety of organizational settings.
2009 184 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-215-1) 77.00 Paper (978-1-84860-216-8) 24.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

33

Interviewing / Focus Groups / Case Study

THE PROBLEM-CENTRED INTERVIEW


Andreas Witzel and Herwig Reiter both at University of Bremen This book provides the first English language account of the interview method known as the problem-centred interview (PCI). Offering a way of collecting knowledge by means of involving people actively in the research process, the interviewer takes the role of a wellinformed traveller. With careful preparation and planning, the interviewer sets out with priorities and expectations, but the story the interviewer tells about his journey depends on the people encountered along the road.

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF INTERVIEW RESEARCH


The Complexity of the Craft
Second Edition
Edited by Jaber F Gubrium University of Missouri James A Holstein Marquette University, Amir B Marvasti and Karyn D McKinney Pennsylvania State University, Altoona The only comprehensive handbook on interviewing, this text deals with conceptual and methodological challenges to interviewing, not just the 'nuts and bolts' of the interview process
April 2012 624 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-8164-4) 95.00

CONTENTS
The Programme of the PCI / Preparing PCIs / Doing PCIs / Processing PCIs / Examples of Working with PCIs / A Final Note on PCI Errors and Pitfalls

READERSHIP
Novice and experienced interview researchers across the social, educational and health sciences
June 2012 216 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-099-8) 75.00 Paper (978-1-84920-100-1) 26.99

FOCUS GROUPS
A Practical Guide for Applied Research
Fourth Edition
Richard A Krueger University of Minnesota and Mary Anne Casey Consultant This book cuts through the theory and gives hand-on advice to those who are seeking to actually conduct a focus group. It is most helpful for conducting focus groups for research or evaluation with public, non-profit, educational, health, human service and religious organizations.
2008 240 pages Paper (978-1-4129-6947-5) 47.99

DOING INTERVIEWS
Steinar Kvale University of Aarhus Steinar Kvale provides coverage of both the theoretical background and the practical aspects of the interview process, incorporating discussion of the wide variety of methods in interview based research and the different approaches to reading the data.
QUALITATIVE RESEARCH KIT
2008 160 pages Paper (978-0-7619-4977-0) 22.99

CASE STUDY RESEARCH


International Student Edition Design and Methods
Fifth Edition
Robert K Yin COSMOS Corporation Providing a complete portal to the world of case study research, the Fifth Edition of Robert K. Yins bestselling Case Study Research offers comprehensive coverage of the design and use of the case study method as a valid research tool. This thoroughly revised text now includes expanded coverage of case study evaluation, mixed methods, and online case studies. Links to appropriate websites have also been added at the end of relevant chapters. The books coverage of case study research and how it is applied in practice gives readers access to exemplary case studies drawn from a wide variety of academic and applied fields.

HOW TO DO YOUR CASE STUDY


A Guide for Students and Researchers
Gary Thomas University of Birmingham This lucid, accessible and often witty text, Gary Thomas introduces students and researchers to the basics of case study research.
2010 248 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-562-3) 74.00 Paper (978-0-85702-563-0) 24.99

READERSHIP
Researchers and students across education, business and management, nursing and public health, public administration, anthropology, sociology, and political science APPLIED SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS
May 2013 240 pages Paper (978-1-4522-7724-0) 34.99

34

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Case Study Methods / Narrative Methods / Visual Methods

APPLICATIONS OF CASE STUDY RESEARCH


Third Edition
Robert K Yin COSMOS Corporation Now featuring a total of 21 case study applications and six completely new chapters, this Third Edition helps students and researchers to improve upon their own research techniques, and provides them with the basis to critique other case studies.
2011 264 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8916-9) 33.99

DOING NARRATIVE RESEARCH


Second Edition
Edited by Molly Andrews , Corinne Squire and Maria Tamboukou all at University of East London Written by an international team of experts in the field, the Second Edition of this popular text considers both the theoretical underpinnings and practical applications of narrative research. The authors take the reader from initial decisions about forms of narrative analysis, through more complex issues of reflexivity, interpretation and the research context. Existing chapters have been updated to reflect changes in the literature and new chapters from eminent narrative scholars in Europe, Australia and the United States have been added on a variety of narrative modalities, including narratives and embodiment, visual narratives, narratives and storyworlds, new media narratives and Deleuzian perspectives in narrative analysis.

USING NARRATIVE IN RESEARCH


Christine Bold Liverpool Hope University Giving both a theoretical and practical introduction to narrative approaches, this is a straightforward and accessible introduction ideal for those new to narrative methods.
October 2011 200 pages Cloth (978-1-8486-0718-7) 67.00 Paper (978-1-8486-0719-4) 23.99

CONTENTS
Introduction: What Is Narrative Research? / Narratives of Events: Labovian Narrative Analysis and its Limitations / Experience-Centred and CulturallyOriented Approaches to Narrative / Analysing Narrative Contexts / A Foucauldian Approach to Narratives / A Rhizomatic Narrative Approach to Study Self Narratives in Context / Bodies, Embodiment and Stories / Seeing Narratives / New Media Narratives / Approaches to Narrative Worldmaking / Looking Back on Narrative Research: An Exchange / Never the Last Word: Revisiting Data / Narrating Sensitive Topics / The Public Life of Narratives: Ethics, Politics, Methods / Conclusion

READERSHIP
Postgraduate students and researchers across the social sciences looking to use narrative methods in their own research
June 2013 224 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5265-9) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5266-6) 24.99

NARRATIVE NETWORKS: STORIED APPROACHES IN A DIGITAL AGE


Brian Alleyne Goldsmiths College This book responds to the dynamic and modern production and consumption of stories of all kinds in popular and academic cultures. It offers a complete discussion of the underlying philosophical and methodological issues of narrative and personal narrative research as well as applying these to the current digital climate. It provides practical guidance on data management and use of software for the narrative researcher. Illustrated with examples from a range of fields and disciplines as well as the author's own work on hacking cultures and cultural activism, this title is a must for anyone wanting to learn about narrative networks and how to conduct successful narrative research in a modern age.

VARIETIES OF NARRATIVE ANALYSIS


Edited by James A Holstein Marquette University, Jaber F Gubrium University of Missouri Provides a view of narrative analysis to include personal documents, interactive dimensions of storytelling and how circumstances shape narrative production.
March 2012 328 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8755-4) 44.99

CONTENTS
Realism, Reform, and the Rise of Narrative in Social Science / Narrative Ways of Knowing / Analysing Narrative / Using Narrative: What People do with Stories / Constructing Narrative / Practical Matters: Tools and Techniques for the Narrative Researcher / In-depth Case Study: a Retrospective Assessment of a Life History Account / Summary: Seven Theses on Narrative Networks

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF VISUAL RESEARCH METHODS


Edited by Eric Margolis Arizona State University and Luc Pauwels University of Antwerp This handbook is not only 'about' research, it is also an example of the way that the visual can be incorporated in data collection and the presentation of research findings.
2011 776 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-556-3) 95.00

READERSHIP
Advanced undergraduates and postgraduate research students across the social sciences, practitioners in fields such as social work, education, community work and development studies
September 2013 240 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-783-2) 65.00 Paper (978-0-85702-784-9) 22.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

35

Visual Methods

VISUAL METHODOLOGIES
An Introduction to Researching with Visual Materials
Third Edition
Gillian Rose The Open University 'The book is unique in bridging a wide range of methodologies from the humanities and the social sciences. Rose's in-depth and systematic discussion of theories and methods, as well as masterful handling of case studies and examples, will provide the reader with a valuable overview' - Anneke Smelik, Radboud University Nijmegen The Third Edition of Gillian Rose's bestselling critical introduction has been fully revised and updated. Each chapter retains its rigorous examination and demonstration of an individual methodology, while continuing to be clear in structure and lucid in style. Reflecting changes in the way society consumes and creates its visual content, new features include: a companion Website featuring additional examples of digital and social media, and moving images, see www.sagepub.co.uk/rose full-colour images, extended further reading, and updated visual examples expanded coverage of social and new media an additional chapter on how to use visual materials for research and the presentation of research findings.

ADVANCES IN VISUAL METHODOLOGY


Edited by Sarah Pink RMIT University, Melbourne This innovative book examines and introduces cutting-edge visual methods in social research. It explores the development of visual methodology as a field of interdisciplinary and postdisciplinary practice spanning scholarly and applied concerns. Positioned at the innovative edge of theory and practice in contemporary visual research, Sarah Pink's engaging book goes beyond the methods, ideas and fields of practice outlined in existing texts and handbooks. This book examines: how new theoretical and methodological engagements are developing and emerging in research practice the impact new approaches are having on the types of knowledge visual research produces and critiques the ways visual research intersects with new media the implications for social and cultural research, scholarship and intervention.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: KEY DEVELOPMENTS AND ISSUES / Advances in Visual Methodology: An Introduction / Visual Ethics in a Contemporary Landscape / PART TWO: VISUAL PRACTICES AND VISUALING PRACTICE / The Politics and Practices of Looking: CCTV Video and Domestic Kitchen Practices / Video in Analytic Practice / Virtual/Visual Ethnography: Methodological Crossroads at the Intersection of Visual and Internet Research / PART THREE: NEW VISUAL SPATIALITIES / Community Mapping as Auto-Ethno-Cartography / Visual Ethnography and the Internet: Visuality, Virtuality and the Spatial Turn / Geomedia-Based Methods and Visual Research. Exploring the Theoretical Tenets of the Localization and Visualization of Mediated Social Relations with Direct Visualization Techniques / PART FOUR: PUBLIC SCHOLARSHIP, ARTS AND VISUAL INTERVENTION / Ethno-Mimesis and Participatory Arts / Healing Mirrors: Body Arts and Ethnographic Methodologies / Digital Technologies, Visual Research and the Non-Fiction Image / PART FIVE: TOWARDS AN INTERDISCIPLINARY VISUAL METHODOLOGY? / An Anthropologist in the Film Archives: Interdisciplinary Approaches / Visualizing Interior Worlds: Interdisciplinary Routes to Knowing / Contemplating the State of Visual Research: An Assessment of Obstacles and Opportunities

CONTENTS
Researching with Visual Materials: A Brief Survey / Towards a Critical Visual Methodology / How to Use This Book / 'The Good Eye': Looking at Pictures Using Compositional Interpretation / Content Analysis: Counting What You (Think You) See / Semiology: Laying Bare the Prejudices beneath the Smooth Surface of the Beautiful / Psychoanalysis: Visual Culture, Visual Pleasure, Visual Disruption / Discourse Analysis: Text, Intertextuality, Context / Discourse Analysis II: Institutions and Ways of Seeing / To Audience Studies and beyond: Ethnographies of Television Audiences, Fans and Users / Making Photographs as Part of a Research Project: Photo-Documentation, Photo Elicitation and Photo-Essays / Ethics and Visual Research Methods / Visual Methodologies: A Review

READERSHIP
Undergraduate and postgraduate students, researchers and academics across the social sciences and humanities
November 2011 408 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-887-7) 80.00 Paper (978-0-85702-888-4) 27.99

READERSHIP
Students and researchers using visual methods in their own research
May 2012 288 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-848-8) 85.00 Paper (978-0-85702-849-5) 29.99

RESEARCHING THE VISUAL


Second Edition
Michael Emmison University of Queensland, Philip Smith Yale University and Margery Mayall University of Queensland This Second Edition provides an excellent overview of the field by covering the traditional themes and current trends in image centred photographic visual inquiry but extends this by demonstrating the rich possibilities available through the analysis of everyday objects, places and interactions. The book includes chapters on researching 2D and 3D visual data, along with lived and living visual data, and also features a brand new chapter on researching the virtual world of the internet. Drawing on theoretical traditions as diverse as semiotics, ethnomethodology, symbolic interactionism and material culture studies, the Second Edition provides an invaluable guide for researchers interested in conducting innovative visual inquiry. Packed with exercises and projects, the book makes it easy for students to undertake their own research with limited resources and budget.

CONTENTS
A Very Short Introduction: The Scope of Visual Research / Ethics in Visual Research / Visual Research: The Disciplinary Core / Two Dimensional Visual Data: Photographs and beyond / Three Dimensional Visual Data / Lived Visual Data / Living Forms of Visual Data / Virtual Visual Data

READERSHIP
Students across the social sciences including sociology, anthropology, cultural studies and media studies INTRODUCING QUALITATIVE METHODS SERIES
December 2012 288 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0787-1) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0788-8) 26.99

36

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Visual Methods / Discourse Analysis / Content Analysis

DOING DISCOURSE RESEARCH


An Introduction for Social Scientists
Reiner Keller University of Augsburg Bryan Jenner, Translator This book provides an introduction to the basic principles of discourse research and provides practical research strategies for doing discourse analyses in the social sciences. The book includes guidance on developing a research question, selecting data and analysing it, and presenting results. The author has extensive practical experience in the field of discourse research and shows throughout how the methods suggested are compatible with numerous research questions and problems in sociology, cultural, political and social studies and related disciplines.

CONTENTS
The Current Relevance of Discourse Research / Approaches in Discourse Research / The Research Process / Doing Discourse Research / Step by Step: Detailed Analysis of Data / From Details to General Results / Final Remarks

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
December 2012 176 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4970-3) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4971-0) 24.99

HOW TO DO CRITICAL DISCOURSE ANALYSIS


A Multimodal Introduction
David Machin Cardiff University and Andrea Mayr Queen's University, Belfast This book shows readers exactly how language, power and ideology are negotiated in media texts, from magazine and advertising, to YouTube and music videos. Presenting a systematic toolkit of theories, concepts and techniques for doing language and image analysis, students learn how to dig deep into discourses and the media landscape. With case studies and examples from a range of traditional and new media content, the book equips students to understand the relationship between language, discourse and social practices.

CONTENT ANALYSIS
An Introduction to Its Methodology
Third Edition
Klaus Krippendorff The Annenberg School for Communication, University of Pennsylvania The definitive sourcebook of the history and core principles of content analysis as well as an essential resource for present and future studies, this book introduces readers to ways of analyzing meaningful matter such as texts, images and voices.
May 2012 456 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8315-0) 34.99

CONTENTS
Introduction: How Meaning Is Created / Making Active Choices: Language as a Set of Resources / Analysing Semiotic Choices: Words and Images / Presenting Speech and Speakers: Quoting Verbs / Representing People: Language and Identity / Representing Actions: Transitivity and Verb Processes / Concealing and Taking for Granted: Nominalization and Presupposition / Persuading with Abstraction: Rhetoric and Metaphor / Committing and Evading: Truth, Modality and Hedging / Conclusion: Doing Critical Discourse Analysis and Its Discontents

QUALITATIVE CONTENT ANALYSIS IN PRACTICE


Margrit Schreier Jacobs University Bremen The first book to give step-by-step guidance to students on how to do qualitative content analysis.
February 2012 280 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-592-4) 75.00 Paper (978-1-84920-593-1) 26.99

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students of critical discourse analysis, media analysis, reading the media, language and power, and culture and communication across media studies, communication studies, linguistics and English departments
March 2012 240 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-891-4) 65.00 Paper (978-0-85702-892-1) 22.99

USING PHOTOGRAPHS IN SOCIAL AND HISTORICAL RESEARCH


Penny Tinkler University of Manchester Sophisticated, original and comprehensive, this book investigates photographic research practices and the conceptual and theoretical issues that underpin them. Using international case studies and 'behind the scenes' interviews, Penny Tinkler sets out research practices and explores the possibilities, and challenges, of working with different methods and photographic sources.

CONTENTS
Getting Started: Using Photos in Research / Image Work: 5 Lines of Enquiry / Studying Found Photos / Autobiographical Methods / Researching Photographic Practices / Archives and Digital Resources / Generating Photos: Researcher / Generating Photos: Research Participants / Photo Interviews: Listening to Talk about Photos / Ethical Issues and Legalities
February 2013 176 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-036-9) 75.00 Paper (978-0-85702-037-6) 26.99

READERSHIP
Students and researchers in history and the social sciences

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

37

Content Analysis / Online Research

QUALITATIVE CONTENT ANALYSIS


Udo Kuckartz Philipps-Universitat Marburg How can you analyse narratives, interviews, field notes, or focus group data? Qualitative Content Analysis is ideal for these types of data and this textbook provides a hands-on introduction to the method and its theoretical underpinnings. It offers step-by-step instructions for implementing the three principal types of qualitative content analysis: thematic, evaluative, and type-building analysis. Special attention is paid to how to present results and use qualitative data analysis software packages, which are highly recommended for use in combination with qualitative content analysis since they allow a fast, reliable, and more accurate analysis. The book shows in detail how to use software, from transcribing the verbal data to presenting and visualizing the results.

THE CONTENT ANALYSIS GUIDEBOOK


Second Edition
Kimberly A Neuendorf Cleveland State University Content analysis is one of the most impor ta nt but c omplex re se a rch methodologies in the social sciences. In this thoroughly updated Second Edition of The Content Analysis Guidebook, author Kimberly A Neuendorf provides an accessible core text for upper-level undergraduates and graduate students across the social sciences. Comprising step-by-step instructions and practical advice, this text unravels the complicated aspects of content analysis.
October 2013 302 pages Paper (978-1-4129-7947-4) 40.99

CONTENTS
Analyzing Qualitative Data - But How? / From Classical to Qualitative Content Analysis / Basic Concepts and Process of Qualitative Content Analysis / Three Basic Methods of Qualitative Data Analysis / Qualitative Data Analysis Using Computer Assistance / Quality Standards, Research Report and Documentation / Concluding Remarks

READERSHIP
Postgraduate students across the social sciences and researchers concerned with the systematic analysis of text of any kind
September 2013 208 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-6774-5) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-6775-2) 26.99

INTERNET RESEARCH SKILLS


Third Edition
Niall Dochartaigh National University of Ireland Internet Research Skills is a clear, concise guide to effective online research for social science and humanities students. The first half of the book deals with publications online, devoting separate chapters to academic articles, books, official publications and news sources, which form the core secondary sources for social science research. The second half of the book deals with the open Web, a vast and confusing realm of materials, many of which have no direct print counterpart. This Third Edition has been updated throughout and now includes: coverage of cutting-edge online services as well as newly developed approaches to using online materials additional material on the use of social networks for research illustrations, examples and short exercises to help students put what they learn into practice.

INTERNET RESEARCH METHODS


Second Edition
Claire Hewson The Open University, Carl Vogel Trinity College, University of Dublin and Dianna Laurent Southeastern Louisiana University This book presents a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of the Internet as a tool for conducting research in the social and behavioural sciences. Building on the first edition, the authors provide extensive updates to reflect current developments and trends in Internet research, focusing on what has been achieved so far, and identifying opportunities and possibilities in the new 'era' of Internet research. Key theoretical debates and issues are explored, and practical advice and guidance on the tools, methods and techniques available offered, using illustrative examples and case studies throughout. The authors cover both obtrusive and unobtrusive methods in primary research, including quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods approaches, across a broad range of disciplines. A section on secondary research is also included.

CONTENTS
Into the Cloud: New Research Skills for the Information Age / The Rise of the Search Engines / Summary of Chapters / Who This Book Is Aimed at / Books / Print Publications Online / Library Catalogues / Online Bookshops / Full-Text Books Online / Book Reviews / Publishers / Exercises / Articles / Understanding Academic Articles / Annual Reviews / Google Scholar / Indexing and Abstracting Databases / Specialized Subject Databases / FullText Articles Online / Publishers / Open Access / Other Article Databases / Theses and Dissertations / Exercises / Subject Guides / Searching the Open Web / Academic Subject Guides / Universal Subject Guides / Understanding Web Addresses / Understanding Websites / Exercises / Searching the Keyword Search Engines / Introduction / The Big Three / Advanced Searching / Meta Search Engines / Comparing Search Engines with Meta Search Engines / Boolean Searching / How Search Engines Search / Devising Search Queries / Look before You Leap / Technical Difficulties / Exercises / Social Media, News and Multimedia / Social Media / Email Lists / Discussion Groups / News / Multimedia / Exercises / Governments, Archives and Statistics (Niall Dochartaigh and Patricia Sleeman) / Introduction / Governments / Archives / Statistics / Exercises / Evaluation and Citation / Introduction / Classification / Evaluation / Citation / Exercises / Beyond Searching: Networks, Research Management and Online Research / Research Networks and Research Support / Social Networks / Organizing Your Research / Internet Research Methods

CONTENTS
The Internet / Internet-Mediated Research: State of the Art / Tools for InternetMediated Research / Ethics in Internet-Mediated Research / Designing and Implementing an IMR Study / What Can Go Wrong? / Compendium of Resources

READERSHIP
Students and researchers in the social and behavioural sciences
December 2013 256 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0855-7) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0856-4) 24.99

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students carrying out research projects and postgraduate students working on theses and dissertations
May 2012 224 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-528-9) 65.00 Paper (978-0-85702-529-6) 22.99

38

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Online Research

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH


Edited by Sara Price Institute of Education, Carey Jewitt Institute of Education and Barry Brown Mobile Life Centre This timely, authoritative handbook explores the issues of rapid technological development, social change and the ubiquity of computing technologies which have become an integral part of people's everyday lives This is a comprehensive, up-to-date resource for the 21st century. It addresses the key aspects of research within the digital technology field and provides a clear framework for readers wanting to navigate the changeable currents of digital innovation. The main themes include: introduction to the field of contemporary digital technology research new digital technologies: key characteristics and considerations research perspectives for digital technologies: theory and analysis environments and tools for digital research research challenges.

INNOVATIONS IN DIGITAL RESEARCH METHODS


Edited by Peter J Halfpenny and Robert Procter both at the University of Manchester Vast amounts of data are generated by people as they go about their daily lives yet social researchers are struggling to exploit them. At the same time, the challenges faced by society in the 21st Century are growing ever more complex, and demand research that is bigger in scale, more collaborative and multidisciplinary than ever before. This cutting-edge title provides an accessible introduction to digital social research tools and methods that harness this data deluge and successfully tackle key societal challenges. Contributions from leading international researchers cover topics such as: qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods research data management social network analysis survey methods visualising social data

CONTENTS
PART ONE: AN INTRODUCTION TO THE FIELD OF CONTEMPORARY DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH / PART TWO: NEW DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES: KEY CHARACTERISTICS AND CONSIDERATIONS / PART THREE: RESEARCH PERSPECTIVES FOR DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES: THEORY AND ANALYSIS / PART FOUR: ENVIRONMENTS AND TOOLS FOR DIGITAL RESEARCH / PART FIVE: RESEARCH CHALLENGES

CONTENTS
e-Infrastructure for the Social Sciences / The Changing Social Data Landscape / Exploiting New Sources of Data / Managing Social Data / Modeling and Simulation / Quantitative Methods / Qualitative Methods / Mixed Methods / Social Network Analysis / Survey Methods / Visualising Social Data / Collaborative Research Environments / Ethics and e-Research / Getting Started with e-Research / The Future for Social Research Methods

READERSHIP
Social science postgraduate students as well as researchers and academics interested in research on digital technology or using digital technology to undertake research
July 2013 624 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0047-6) 95.00

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
November 2013 376 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0308-8) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0309-5) 29.99

CASES IN ONLINE INTERVIEW RESEARCH


Edited by Janet Salmons Vision2Lead, Inc. and Capella University School of Business and Technology This casebook on online interview research contains multidisciplinary cases from researchers who have done structured or unstructured online interviews using a variety of qualitative methods and mixed methods approaches in data collection.
January 2012 400 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9180-3) 25.99

NETNOGRAPHY
Doing Ethnographic Research Online
Robert V Kozinets York University, Canada Full procedural guidelines for the accurate and ethical conduct of ethnographic research online are set out in this volume, with detailed, step-by-step guidance to thoroughly introduce, explain and illustrate the method of netnography to students and researchers.
2009 232 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-644-9) 80.00 Paper (978-1-84860-645-6) 25.99

THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO USING THE WEB FOR RESEARCH


Nigel Ford Sheffield University Nigel Ford provides readers with the strategies they need when using the internet as part of their research, and guides them through the necessary skills needed to independently conduct and evaluate research.
2011 256 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-364-3) 62.00 Paper (978-0-85702-365-0) 20.99

CONDUCTING ONLINE SURVEYS


Second Edition
Valerie M Sue and Lois A Ritter California State University, East Bay This book provides a useful, straightforward, yet technically rigorous guide for students, researchers and practitioners that will help with the fundamental issues of design, sampling, response rates, reliability and validity and ethics.
January 2012 264 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9225-1) 28.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

39

Online Research / Mixed Methods Research

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF MIXED METHODS IN SOCIAL & BEHAVIORAL RESEARCH


Second Edition
Abbas Tashakkori University of North Texas, Charles Teddlie Louisiana State University Surveying the differing viewpoints and disciplinary approaches to using mixed methods, this volume helps the reader explore the answers to a wide range of key questions in the field.
2010 912 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-7266-6) 95.00

FLASH PROGRAMMING FOR THE SOCIAL & BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES


A Simple Guide to Sophisticated Online Surveys and Experiments
Yana Weinstein Washington University, St. Louis This book is a step-by-step guide to using Adobe Flash to develop experiments and other research tools; each chapter presents a set of techniques required for one aspect of programming an experiment.
May 2012 184 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9635-8) 20.99

MIXED METHODS APPLICATIONS IN ACTION RESEARCH


From Methods to Community Action
Nataliya V Ivankova University of Alabama, Birmingham This book outlines and explains in detail the necessary steps in designing, conducting, implementing and reporting an action research study with a solid mixed methods foundation. Illustrative examples, featured articles, scripts, templates and outlines will serve as helpful practical tools. Questions and exercises in each chapter will help inspire reflective student practices.
December 2013 320 pages Paper (978-1-4522-2003-1) 34.99

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF DIGITAL DISSERTATIONS AND THESES


Edited by Richard Andrews Institute of Education University of London, Erik Borg Coventry University, Stephen Boyd Davis Royal College of Art, Myrrh Domingo New York University and Jude England British Library A guide to undertaking and navigating advanced research in the arts, humanities and social sciences through digital research.
June 2012 548 pages Cloth (978-0-8570-2739-9) 95.00

Find out what lecturers really think of our textbooks


and how useful they have found them for the courses they teach. And (so long as youve requested a textbook on inspection through your SAGE online account) why not submit your own feedback for others to read online too! In offering this facility, SAGE is the rst academic publisher to share independent academic reviews and feedback online. We feel that encouraging two way communication with colleagues in the academic world is integral to producing quality content. Find out more at www.sagepub.co.uk/lecturer

DESIGNING AND CONDUCTING MIXED METHODS RESEARCH


Second Edition
John W Creswell University of Nebraska, Lincoln and Vicki L Plano Clark University of Cincinnati Combining the latest thinking about mixed methods research designs with practical, step-by-step guidance, the Second Edition of this text now covers six major mixed methods designs.
2010 488 pages Paper (978-1-4129-7517-9) 38.99

40

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Evaluation

THE SCIENCE OF EVALUATION


A Realist Manifesto
Ray Pawson University of Leeds Evaluation researchers are tasked with providing the evidence to guide programme-building and to assess its outcomes. As such, they labour under the highest expectations - bringing independence and objectivity to policy making. They face huge challenges, given the complexity of modern interventions and the politicised backdrop to all of their investigations. They have responded with a huge portfolio of research techniques and, through their professional associations, have set up schemes to establish standards for evaluative inquiry and to accredit evaluation practitioners. A big question remains: has this monumental effort produced a progressive, cumulative and authoritative body of knowledge that we might think of as evaluation science? This is the question addressed by Ray Pawson in this sequel to Realistic Evaluation (SAGE, 1997) and Evidence-Based Policy (SAGE, 2006). In answer, he provides a detailed blueprint for an evaluation science based on realist principles.

CONDUCTING NEEDS ASSESSMENTS


A Multidisciplinary Approach
Second Edition
Fernando I Soriano California State University, San Marcos This book demystifies the process of planning a community intervention, using clear and simple language to aid students' understanding. New to this Second Edition: updated case examples that reflect current issues a new section dealing with HIPPA regulations a new section covering the importance of evidence based practice increased sensitivity to multicultural issues.

CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / Conceptual, Theoretical and Practical Considerations When Undertaking Needs Assessments / Sociopolitical and Economic Considerations / Social, Gender and Cultural Considerations / Quantitative Assessment Methods / Quantitative Data Preparation and Statistical Analysis / Qualitative Methods / Qualitative Data Preparation and Statistical Analysis / Recruiting and Collecting Data from Participants / Reporting and Presenting Study Findings / Appendix

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PRECURSORS AND PRINCIPLES / Precursors / First Principles: A Realist Diagnostic Workshop / PART TWO: WRESTING COMPLEXITY LOSERS AND WINNERS / A Complexity Checklist / Contested Complexity / Informed Guesswork / PART THREE: TOWARDS EVALUATION SCIENCE: / Invisible Mechanisms I: The Long Road to Behavioural Change / Invisible Mechanisms II: Clinical Interventions Are Social Interventions / Synthesis as Science: The Bumpy Road to Legislative Change / Conclusion: A Mutually Monitoring, Disputatious Community of Truth Seekers

READERSHIP
Professionals, researchers and students across the social sciences, especially in the areas of social work, gerontology, health administration, human resource management, marketing and public administration SAGE HUMAN SERVICES GUIDES
October 2012 240 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-6573-6) 49.99 Paper (978-1-4129-6574-3) 24.99

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
February 2013 288 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5242-0) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5243-7) 27.99

EVALUATION
A Systematic Approach
Seventh Edition
Peter H Rossi University of Massachusetts, Mark W Lipsey Vanderbilt Institute for Public Policy Studies and Howard E Freeman UCLA This text includes the latest techniques and approaches to evaluation as well as guidelines for how evaluations should be tailored to fit programs and social contexts.
2003 480 pages Cloth (978-0-7619-0894-4) 78.00

CONSULTING START-UP AND MANAGEMENT


A Guide for Evaluators and Applied Researchers
Gail V Barrington Barrington Research Group, Inc. Addresses the unique issues faced by evaluators and applied researchers who are interested in becoming independent consultants, as well as by those who need to re-tool their professional practice.
December 2011 320 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8709-7) 25.99

EVALUATION ROOTS ESSENTIALS OF UTILIZATION-FOCUSED EVALUATION


Michael Quinn Patton UtilizationFocused Evaluation, Saint Paul Incorporating both theory and practice, this text provides students with an essential resource on how to do useful and effective evaluations.
November 2011 488 pages Paper (978-1-4129-7741-8) 37.99

A Wider Perspective of Theorists Views and Influences


Second Edition
Edited by Marvin C Alkin University of California, Los Angeles T his b o ok p rovi de s a n up date d examination of current evaluation theories and traces their evolution; the author shows how theories build upon theories and, therefore, evaluation theories are related to each other.
May 2012 440 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9574-0) 38.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

41

Evaluation

PROGRAM EVALUATION AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT


An Introduction to Practice
Second Edition
James C McDavid University of Victoria, Canada, Irene Huse and Laura R L Hawthorn Program Evaluation and Per formance Measurement offers readers both a conceptual and practical introduction to program evaluation and performance measurement for public and non-profit organizations. Although it is an introductory text, the work discusses topics in a detailed fashion. The conceptual framework for the text is the performance management cycle in organizations, which includes strategic planning, program and policy design, implementation, evaluation, reporting and utilization of results to adjust strategic objectives.

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH & EVALUATION METHODS


Third Edition
Michael Quinn Patton UtilizationFocused Evaluation, Saint Paul This revised and updated edition of a methodological classic continues to provide practical, comprehensive and strategic guidance on: qualitative design; purposeful sampling; interviewing; fieldwork; observation methods; and qualitative analysis and interpretation.
2002 688 pages Cloth (978-0-7619-1971-1) 78.00

CONTENTS
Dedication / Acknowledgments / Preface / Key Concepts and Issues in Program Evaluation and Performance Measurement / Understanding and Applying Program Logic Models / Research Designs for Program Evaluations / Measurement for Program Evaluation and Performance Monitoring / Applying Qualitative Evaluation Methods / Needs Assessments for Program Development and Adjustment / Concepts and Issues in Economic Evaluation / Performance Measurement as an Approach to Evaluation / Design and Implementation of Performance Measurement Systems / Using Performance Measurement for Accountability and Performance Improvement / Program Evaluation and Program Management: Joining Theory and Practice / The Nature and Practice of Professional Judgment in Program Evaluation / Glossary / Index / About the Authors
December 2012 536 pages Paper (978-1-4129-7831-6) 51.00

REALWORLD EVALUATION
Working Under Budget, Time, Data, and Political Constraints
Second Edition
Michael Bamberger Independent Consultant, Jim Rugh Independent Consultant and Linda Mabry Washington State University, Vancouver Using a tried, tested and refined approach and featuring a range of case studies, this book presents readers with an invaluable guide to undertaking effective evaluation studies.
January 2012 712 pages Paper (978-1-4129-7962-7) 40.99

PRACTICAL PROGRAM EVALUATION


Assessing and Improving Planning, Implementation, and Effectiveness
Second Edition
Huey-Tsyh Chen Center for Disease Control and Prevention Practical Program Evaluation , Second Edition introduces students to the real world of evaluation, focusing on issues that arise in professional practice. The text concentrates on the steps vital to program evaluation: systematically identifying stakeholder needs; selecting evaluation options best suited to particular needs and reconciling any necessary tradeoffs; and turning the decisions into action. Using illustrative examples from the field, the book details the methods and procedures involved in analyzing and identifying stakeholder expectations and selecting an evaluation strategy. The principles and strategies presented are reinforced with theoretical justification. This provides students and professional evaluators with the knowledge and flexibility to design suitable evaluations and follow them through from start to finish.
November 2013 296 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9230-5) 35.99

INTERACTIVE EVALUATION PRACTICE


Mastering the Interpersonal Dynamics of Program Evaluation
Jean A King University of Minnesota and Laurie Stevahn Seattle University This book helps bridge the gap between the theory of evaluation and its practice, giving students the specific skills they need to use in different evaluation settings.
May 2012 456 pages Paper (978-0-7619-2673-3) 27.00

42

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Quantitative Methods / Survey Methods

DOING Q METHODOLOGICAL RESEARCH


Theory, Method & Interpretation
Simon Watts Nottingham Trent University and Paul Stenner The Open University This book is a simple yet thorough introduction to Q methodology, a research technique designed to capture the subjective or first-person viewpoints of its participants. Simon Watts and Paul Stenner outline the key theoretical concepts developed by William Stephenson, the founder of Q methodology, including subjectivity, concourse theory and abduction. They then turn to the practicalities of delivering high-quality Q methodological research. Using worked examples throughout, the reader is guided through: important design issues the conduct of fieldwork all the analytic processes of Q methodology, including factor extraction, factor rotation and factor interpretation.

QUANTITATIVE TOOLS FOR MACRO-COMPARATIVE RESEARCH


Salvatore J Babones University of Sydney, Australia
September 2013 420 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-7495-0) 44.99

SURVEY RESEARCH METHODS


Fourth Edition
Floyd J Fowler, Jr University of Massachusetts, Boston Floyd J Fowler Jr provides students and researchers who want to collect, analyze or read about survey data with a sound basis for evaluating how each aspect of a survey can affect its precision, accuracy and credibility.
APPLIED SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS
2008 216 pages Paper (978-1-4129-5841-7) 30.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THEORY / Introducing Q Methodology: The Inverted Factor Technique / Theory and Q Methodology: From Stephenson to Constructionism / PART TWO: METHOD / Basic Design Issues: Research Questions and Q Sets / Doing the Fieldwork: Participants, Materials and Procedure / Understanding the Analytic Process (1): Factor Extraction / Understanding the Analytic Process (2): Factor Rotation and the Preparation of Factor Arrays / PART THREE: INTERPRETATION / Factor Interpretation / Writing and Publishing Q Methodological Papers

READERSHIP
Upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as academic researchers
March 2012 248 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-414-9) 75.00 Paper (978-1-84920-415-6) 24.99

A PRIMER ON PARTIAL LEAST SQUARES STRUCTURAL EQUATION MODELING (PLS-SEM)


Joseph F Hair, Jr Kennesaw State University, G Tomas M Hult Michigan State University, East Lansing, Christian Ringle Technical University of HamburgHarburg and Marko Sarstedt Ottovon-Guericke University, Magdeburg A Primer on Partial Least Squares Structural Equation Modeling (PLS-SEM) provides a concise yet very practical guide to understanding and using PLS path modelling. This text includes extensive examples on SmartPLS software and is accompanied by multiple data sets that the user can download from the accompanying website. Professors are supported with PowerPoint and instructor guides that can be posted to their websites.

HOW TO DESIGN AND REPORT EXPERIMENTS


Andy Field and Graham Hole both at University of Sussex Providing a map of the entire process, this is the perfect textbook and guide to the often bewildering world of experimental design and statistics.
2002 384 pages Cloth (978-0-7619-7382-9) 67.00 Paper (978-0-7619-7383-6) 28.99

CONTENTS
Structural Equation Modeling / Specifying the Path Model and Collecting Data / Path Model Estimation / Assessing PLS-SEM Results Part One: Evaluation of Reflective Measurement Models / Assessing PLS-SEM Results Part Two: Evaluation of the Formative Measurement Models / Assessing PLS-SEM Results Part Three: Evaluation of the Structural Model / Advanced Topics in PLS Path Modeling / Modeling Heterogeneous Data

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
June 2013 320 pages Paper (978-1-4522-1744-4) 22.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

43

Survey Methods

HOW TO CONDUCT SURVEYS


A Step-by-Step Guide
Fifth Edition
Arlene Fink University of California at Los Angeles The Fifth Edition of this book shares the same goals as the previous editions: to guide readers in developing their own rigorous surveys and in evaluating the credibility and usefulness of surveys created by others. This edition, like the others, also gives practical step-by-step guidance on how to achieve these goals. The guidance centres on choosing the appropriate type of survey, writing survey questions and responses, formatting the survey, deciding on the characteristics and numbers of respondents to include and how often they should be surveyed, and analyzing and reporting the results.

WEB SURVEY METHODOLOGY


Mario Callegaro Google, Katja Lozar Manfreda and Vasja Vehovar both at University of Ljubljana Web Survey Methodology guides the reader through the past 15 years of research in web survey methodology. It provides practical guidance on the latest techniques for collecting valid and reliable data and is the first book that provides comprehensive overview of all related web research methodology issues. Core topics from preparation to questionnaire design, recruitment testing to analysis and survey software are all covered in a systematic and insightful way. The reader will be exposed to key concepts and key findings in the literature, covering measurement, non-response, adjustments, paradata, and cost issues. The book also discusses the hottest research topics in survey research today, such as internet panels, virtual interviewing, mobile surveys and the integration with passive measurements, e-social sciences, mixed modes and business intelligence.

CONTENTS
Conducting Surveys: Everyone Is Doing It / The Survey Form: Questions, Scales, and Appearance / Getting It Together: Some Practical Concerns / Sampling / Survey Design: Environmental Control / Analyzing and Organizing Data from Surveys / Presenting the Survey Results

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION / PART TWO: CORE PROCESS / PART THREE: SELECTED METHODOLOGICAL TOPICS / PART FOUR: TECHNOLOGY ASPECTS / PART FIVE: RELATED ISSUES / PART SIX: CONCLUSION

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
January 2013 200 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0387-4) 30.99

READERSHIP
Students, practitioners and researchers in fields such as survey and market research, psychological research, official statistics and customer satisfaction research
September 2013 220 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-860-0) 75.00 Paper (978-0-85702-861-7) 25.99

DESIGNING SURVEYS
A Guide to Decisions and Procedures
Third Edition
Johnny Blair Abt Associates Inc, Ronald F Czaja North Carolina State University and Edward A Blair University of Houston This new edition accounts for the latest developments in telephone, Internet and email surveying, and provides a more comprehensive treatment on questionnaire testing.
June 2013 320 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9734-8) 29.99

CONSTRUCTING SURVEYDATA
A Critical Approach
Giampietro Gobo University of Milan and Sergio Mauceri RisMes Engaging and informative, Giampietro Gobo and Sergio Mauceri's new book offers students and researchers a practical introduction to the process of collecting survey data. By proposing a post-positivist, interviewee-centred approach, it aims to improve and maximize the quality of survey data by emphasizing the interaction between interviewer and interviewee. The following key areas are explored in detail: an historical overview of the field the survey within global and local contexts the process of preparing the survey and designing data collection the methods of detecting bias and improving data quality.

DESIGNING AND DOING SURVEY RESEARCH


Lesley Andres University of British Columbia, Canada This concise, accessible book on designing and doing survey research is all students need to start out a survey research project. With a focus on the impact of new technologies, this book provides a cutting-edge look at how survey research is conducted today, as well as the challenges survey researchers face.
March 2012 208 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-812-3) 75.00 Paper (978-1-84920-813-0) 24.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: VISION / Surveying the Survey: Back to the Past / Glocalizing the Survey / PART TWO: THE BACKSTAGE / Standardizing Meanings: Remedying the Problem of Answer Comparability / Data Quality: A Multidimensional Concept / PART THREE: DESIGNING THE DATA COLLECTION / Steps in the 'Answering Process' / The Cognitive Part of the 'Answering Process' / The Communicative Part of the 'Answering Process' / The Living Questionnaire / PART FOUR: MAKING IT WORK: THE QUALITATIVE CONTRIBUTION TO SURVEY / Improving (ex ante) the Questionnaire: The Pretesting / Improving (in itinere) Data Quality by Broadening the Interviewer's Tasks / Improving (a posteriori) the Collected Data: The Deviant Case Analysis

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
November 2013 220 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-176-6) 75.00 Paper (978-1-84920-177-3) 24.99

44

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Survey Methods / Social Network Analysis

ASSESSING THE QUALITY OF SURVEY DATA


Jrg Blasius University of Bonn, Germany, and Victor Thiessen Dalhousie University This book, for all researchers using survey data, presents new ways to assess the data's quality and reliability. It introduces the latest methods of assessing the quality and validity of such data by providing new ways of interpreting variation and measuring error.
February 2012 192 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-331-9) 75.00 Paper (978-1-84920-332-6) 26.99

BRITISH SOCIAL ATTITUDES 28


Edited by Alison Park, Elizabeth Clery NatCen Social Research, John Curtice ScotCen Social Research and University of Strathclyde, Miranda Phillips NatCen Social Research and David Utting Independent writer, researcher and policy consultant The acclaimed British Social Attitudes survey is the essential guide to the topical issues and debates facing British society today. The 28th Report looks at both life under Labour and the prospect of life under the Coalition.
BRITISH SOCIAL ATTITUDES SURVEY SERIES
December 2011 232 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5258-1) 95.00

A COMPANION TO SURVEY RESEARCH


Michael Ornstein York University, Canada A Companion to Survey Research provides a critical overview and guide to survey methods. Rather than a set of formulas, survey design is understood as a craft where the translation of research questions into a questionnaire, sample design and data collection strategy is based on understanding how respondents answer questions and their willingness to complete a survey. Following an account of the invention of survey research in the 1930s, a synthesis of research on question design is followed by a practical guide to designing a questionnaire. Chapters on sampling, which deal with the statistical basis of survey sampling and practical design issues, are followed by extensive discussions of survey pretesting and data collection. The book concludes with a discussion of the extent and implications of falling response rates.

WEB SOCIAL SCIENCE


Robert Ackland Australian National University This book provides readers with a comprehensive guide to the theory and research of Web social science. It traces and critically evaluates the rise of Web social science, demonstrates how the Web is used as a resource for social research, illuminates how Web social science promotes social and political connections and the ways in which it has been used for the purposes of commerce and business. Situating social sciences in the light of our current e-society, this book gives the reader the opportunity to: gain an understanding of the fundamental changes to society, politics and the economy that have resulted from new information and communication technologies such as the Web learn about relevant data, tools and research methods for conducting research using Web data learn how Internet data are providing new insights into longstanding social science research questions understand how social science can facilitate an understanding of life in the Internet.

CONTENTS
The Invention of Survey Research / Writing Survey Questions / Designing a Questionnaire / Fundamentals of Probability Sampling for Surveys / Applied Sample Design / Survey Pretesting / Survey Data Collection / The Future of Survey Research

READERSHIP
Upper-level undergraduates, graduates and researchers in the social sciences
March 2013 208 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0908-0) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0909-7) 24.99

CONTENTS
Online Research Methods / Social Media Networks / Hyperlink Networks / Friendship Formation and Social Influence / Organisational Collective Behaviour / Politics and Participation / Government and Public Policy / Production and Collaboration / Commerce and Marketing

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social sciences
June 2013 256 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-481-1) 70.00 Paper (978-1-84920-482-8) 23.99

FEMINIST MEASURES IN SURVEY RESEARCH


Catherine E Harnois Wake Forest University This text shows readers how to combine feminist theory with survey research in order to get the most out of research into the social world.
March 2012 184 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8835-3) 20.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

45

Social Network Analysis

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS


Malcolm Alexander Griffith University Social networks are a hot topic. The Internet and social networking Websites place a global web of human connectivity at our fingertips. The expanding circles of our 'social' networks offer new possibilities of connection and collective action. Introduction to Social Network Analysis is a hands-on introduction to social network analysis (SNA), which provides readers with the tools needed to apply SNA techniques to their own work. The book: introduces the variety of research traditions and practices within the SNA community outlines simple, accessible procedures for data collection and analysis beginning with the reader's own personal network data shows how to manipulate network data sets of any size provides exercises and examples to demonstrate the practical applications of SNA.

SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS


Third Edition
John Scott University of Plymouth The Third Edition of this bestselling text has been fully revised and updated to include coverage of the many developments in social network analysis over the last decade. Written in a clear and accessible style, the book introduces these topics to newcomers and non-specialists and gives sufficient detail for more advanced users of social network analysis. Throughout the book, key ideas are discussed in relation to the principal software programs available for social network analysis. The book provides a comprehensive overview of the field, outlining both its theoretical basis and its key techniques. Building upon the core ideas of points, lines and paths, John Scott builds a framework of network analysis that covers such measures as density, centrality, clustering, centralization and spatialization. He identifies the various types of clique, component and circle into which networks are formed, and outlines an approach to socially structured positions within networks.

CONTENTS
The Excitement of Social Network Analysis / PART ONE: MAPPING 'WHOLE' SOCIAL NETWORKS / Network Diagrams: The Power of Visualization / Managing Complex Network Data / Structural Analysis of Whole Networks / 2-Mode Network Data: An Additional Dimension of Network Analysis / PART TWO: EGONET APPROACHES IN SNA AND LOGICS OF SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS / Egonet Research: Name Generators and Social Capital Research / Network-Relevant Survey Data and Whole Network Models / Research Designs for Social Network Analysis / PART THREE: EMERGING DIRECTIONS IN NETWORK ANALYSIS, SOCIAL THEORY AND SOCIAL RESEARCH / Network Modeling and Social Research Needs / Social Network Concepts and Social Theory / Putting Network Analysis to Work

CONTENTS
Networks and Relations / The Development of Social Network Analysis / Analysing Relational Data / Lines, Neighbourhood, and Density / Centrality, Peripherality, and Centralization / Components, Cores, and Cliques / Positions, Sets, and Clusters / Network Dynamics and Change Over Time / Dimensions and Displays

READERSHIP
Researchers, students and academics in social theory and across the social sciences
November 2012 216 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0903-5) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0904-2) 26.99

READERSHIP
Researchers, students and academics across the social sciences
November 2013 200 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-4842-5) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4129-4843-2) 24.99

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS


Edited by John Scott University of Plymouth and Peter J Carrington University of Waterloo, Canada Instead of consulting a variety of books and journal articles, this Handbook, edited by genuine leaders in the field, is a one-stop guide to social network analysis that will be used by readers for decades to come.
2011 640 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-395-8) 95.00

SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS


History, Theory and Methodology
Christina Prell University of Maryland, College Park Providing practical advice, statistical models and relevant examples of application, this book is the complete introduction students need.
October 2011 272 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-4714-5) 77.00 Paper (978-1-4129-4715-2) 25.99

46

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Social Network Analysis

ANALYZING SOCIAL NETWORKS


Steve Borgatti University of Kentucky, Martin Everett Manchester University and Jeffrey Johnson East Carolina University Written by a stellar team of experts, Analyzing Social Networks is a practical book on how to collect, visualize, analyze and interpret social network data with a particular emphasis on the use of the software tools UCINET and Netdraw. The book includes a clear and detailed introduction to the fundamental concepts of network analyses, including centrality, subgroups, equivalence and network structure, as well as crosscutting chapters that helpfully show how to apply network concepts to different kinds of networks.

SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS AND EDUCATION


Theory, Methods & Applications
Brian V Carolan Montclair State University This book provides an introduction to the major theories, methods, and findings of social network analysis research and the applications from that research. The book is divided into three parts, with Part One offering a survey of historical and theoretical foundations. Part Two describes the variety of methods that can be used and Part Three shows how readers apply those methods to a range of topics for educational researchers.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THEORY AND CONCEPTS / The Social Network Perspective and Educational Research / Historical, Theoretical, and Analytical Foundations / Basic Concepts / PART TWO: METHODS AND MEASURES / Collecting and Managing Network Data / Structural Measures for Complete Networks / Groups and Positions in Complete Networks / Measures for Egocentric Networks / PART THREE: APPLICATIONS AND EXAMPLES / An Introduction to Statistical Inference with Network Data / Network Data and Statistical Models / Social Capital / Diffusion / Looking Back, Looking Ahead

CONTENTS
Basic Concepts / Research Design / Data Collection / Data Entry and Management / Visualization / Centrality / Cohesive Subgroups / Equivalence / Analyzing Ego-Networks / Analyzing Two-Mode Data / Analyzing Multiple Relations and Longitudinal Analysis / Analyzing Large Networks / Randomization Tests / Statistical Models / Putting It Together

READERSHIP
Upper-level undergraduate and graduate students taking courses in quantitative research methods
May 2013 368 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9947-2) 35.99

READERSHIP
Students, researchers and practitioners across the social sciences
April 2013 302 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4740-2) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4741-9) 26.99

SAGE

www.facebook.com/sageopen

www.sageopen.com

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

47

Statistics

DISCOVERING STATISTICS USING IBM SPSS STATISTICS


Fourth Edition
Andy Field University of Sussex Unrivalled in the way it makes the teaching of statistics compelling and accessible to even the most anxious of students, the only statistics textbook you and your students will ever need just got better! Andy Field's bestselling Discovering Statistics Using SPSS Fourth Edition, already an immensely comprehensive textbook taking students from first principles to advanced statistical concepts, and all the while grounding knowledge through the use of SPSS now focuses on providing essential updates, better accessibility to its key features, more instructor resources and broader reach to new student groups - with powerful new digital developments on the textbook's Companion Website. New to the Fourth Edition: new WebAssign facility. If you adopt this as a course instructor, this feature will allow you to produce and manage assignments online with your students, including grading facility too. Students can practice questions over and over and be provided with instant feedback and links to the accompanying Ebook where correct solutions can be found new mobile study facility. This new feature will allows students to access revision material such as Cramming Sams Study tips and much more on their smart phone or tablet, helping them to study when it suits their schedule. QR codes in the textbook provide instant access education and sport sciences instructor support materials with enhanced ones for psychology, business and management and the health sciences make the book even more relevant to a wider range of subjects across the social sciences and where statistics is taught to a cross-disciplinary audience. Major Updates to the Fourth Edition: fully compatible with recent SPSS releases up to and including version 20.0 exciting new characters. Statistical cult leader Oditis Lantern, provides students with access to video clips to help further their understanding of statistical / SPSS concepts, while Confusious helps students to make better sense of statistical terms an enhanced Companion Website offers plenty of additional instructor and student material to use in conjunction with the textbook. These include PowerPoints and Testbanks for instructors as well as answers to the Smart Alex tasks at the end of each chapter; datafiles for testing problems in SPSS; flashcards of key concepts; self-assessment multiple-choice questions; and online videos of key statistical and SPSS procedures discussed in the textbook for students. All located here: www.sagepub.co.uk/field4e.

CONTENTS
Why Is My Evil Lecturer Forcing Me to Learn Statistics? / Analyzing Data / Everything You Ever Wanted to Know about Statistics (Well, Sort of) / The SPSS Environment / Exploring Data with Graphs / Exploring Assumptions / Correlation / Regression / Logisitic Regression / Comparing Two Means / Comparing Several Means: ANOVA (GLM 1) / Analysis of Covariance, ANCOVA (GLM 2) / Factorial ANOVA (GLM 3) / Repeated Measures Designs (GLM 4) / Fixed Design ANOVA (GLM 5) / Non-Parametric Tests / Multivariate Analysis of Variance (MANOVA) / Exploratory Factor Analysis / Categorical Data / Multilevel Linear Models

READERSHIP
Students and researchers across the social and behavioural sciences
March 2013 912 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4917-8) 110.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4918-5) 41.99

ANDY FIELD
Andy Field is Professor of Child Psychopathology at The University of Sussex. He adores cats, listens to and plays loud music and enjoys teaching statistics. His ability to make statistics accessible and fun has been recognised with teaching awards from the University of Sussex (2001) and the British Psychological Society (2007). His textbook, Discovering Statistics Using SPSS is now in its Fourth Edition and has been described as a 'life-saver' by many students; others have set up Facebook pages in admiration and a group of students have even posted their own song celebrating the book on YouTube.

ANDY

You can keep up to date with Andy and his work by following him on Twitter (@ProfAndyField) and Facebook (ProfAndyField).

48

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Statistics

DISCOVERING STATISTICS USING R


Andy Field University of Sussex, Jeremy Miles RAND Corporation and Zo Field University of Sussex Discovering Statistics Using R takes students on a journey of statistical discovery using R, a free, flexible and dynamically changing software tool for data analysis that is becoming increasingly popular across the social and behavioural sciences throughout the world. The journey begins by explaining basic statistical and research concepts before a guided tour of the R software environment. Next students discover the importance of exploring and graphing data, before moving onto statistical tests that are the foundations of the rest of the book (for example correlation and regression). Readers will then stride confidently into intermediate level analyses such as ANOVA, before ending their journey with advanced techniques such as MANOVA and multilevel models. Although there is enough theory to help students gain the necessary conceptual understanding of what they're doing, the emphasis is on applying what they learn to playful and real-world examples that should make the experience more fun than they might expect.

USING IBM SPSS STATISTICS FOR RESEARCH METHODS AND SOCIAL SCIENCE STATISTICS
Fourth Edition
William E Wagner, III California State University, Channel Islands Ideal either as a companion to a traditional statistics or research methods text or as a stand-alone guide, this is a useful reference for those learning to use the SPSS software for the first time or those with only basic knowledge about SPSS. This student-friendly resource shows readers how to use images and directions drawn from SPSS Version 20 and now uses the latest version of the General Social Survey (GSS, 2010) as a secondary data set.

CONTENTS
Overview / Transforming Variables / Selecting and Sampling Cases / Organization and Presentation of Information / Charts and Graphs / CrossTabulation and Measures of Association for Nominal and Ordinal Variables / Correlation and Regression Analysis / Logistic Regression Analysis / Testing Hypotheses Using Means and Cross-Tabulation / Analysis of Variance / Editing Output / Advanced Applications
May 2012 168 pages Paper (978-1-4522-1770-3) 18.99

CONTENTS
Why Is My Evil Lecturer Forcing Me to Learn Statistics? / Everything You Ever Wanted to Know About Statistics (Well, Sort of) / The R Environment / Exploring Data with Graphs / Exploring Assumptions / Correlation / Regression / Logistic Regression / Comparing Two Means / Comparing Several Means: ANOVA (GLM 1) / Analysis of Covariance, ANCOVA (GLM 2) / Factorial ANOVA (GLM 3) / Repeated-Measures Designs (GLM 4) / Mixed Designs (GLM 5) / Non-Parametric Tests / Multivariate Analysis of Variance (MANOVA) / Exploratory Factor Analysis / Categorical Data / Multilevel Linear Models / Epilogue: Life After Discovering Statistics / Troubleshooting R

INTROSTATS ONLINE
Gregory Francis Purdue University, USA This is an introductory course/book that is taught in an on-line format only, containing many exercises and examples to help students work through material. It is ideal for upper-level undergraduates in psychology who have never taken a course in statistics before, or those in other behavioural and social science departments who are taking their first course in statistics at the graduate level.
March 2013 E-ISBN (978-1-4129-9121-6) 26.99

READERSHIP
Students across the social and behavioural sciences
March 2012 992 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0045-2) 95.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0046-9) 46.99

DISCOVERING STATISTICS USING SAS


Andy Field University of Sussex and Jeremy Miles RAND Corporation From bestselling author Andy Field, whose Discovering Statistics Using SPSS has sold over 100,000 copies, comes the version for SAS users with all the features (and wit) of the original.
2010 752 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-091-2) 113.00 Paper (978-1-84920-092-9) 48.99

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
Fundamental Concepts & Procedures of Data Analysis
Howard M Reid
November 2013 560 pages Paper (978-1-4522-7196-5) 43.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

49

Statistics

DO THE MATH!
On Growth, Greed, and Strategic Thinking
John K White A fresh look at the numbers of daily living, particularly in light of current economic troubles, where modern economic practices, mathematical concepts, and everyday moral dilemmas are discussed.
May 2012 392 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9959-5) 13.99

YOUR STATISTICAL CONSULTANT


Answers to Your Data Analysis Questions
Second Edition
Rae R Newton and Kjell Erik Rudestam both at Fielding Graduate University Discussing the issues that surround a range of statistical questions and controversies, the Second Edition reveals divergent perspectives on these issues and offers practical advice and examples for conducting statistical analyses that reflect the authors' interpretation of the consensual wisdom of the field. It is a compendium of statistical knowledge - some theoretical, some applied - that addresses those questions most frequently asked by students and colleagues struggling with statistical analyses.

STATISTICS FOR RESEARCH


With a Guide to SPSS
Third Edition
George Argyrous University of New South Wales Clear and straight-forward explanations of statistical concepts are combined with lots of practical examples using SPSS from a variety of disciplines, all now with a brand new website with additional resources for students and lecturers.
2011 608 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-594-8) 88.00 Paper (978-1-84920-595-5) 30.99

CONTENTS
Getting Started With Statistical Analysis: Where Do I Obtain Data and How Do I Prepare Data for Statistical Analysis? / How Do I Examine Data Prior to Analysis? / Traditional Approaches to Statistical Analysis and the Logic of Statistical Inference / Rethinking Traditional Paradigms: Power, Effect Size, and Hypothesis Testing Alternatives / What Are the Assumptions of Statistical Testing? / An Introduction to Statistical Models: Explaining Relationship Patterns / How Do I Select the Appropriate Statistical Test? / How Do I Deal With Non-Normality, Missing Values, and Outliers? / Types of Variables and Their Treatment in Statistical Analysis / Questions about Analysis of Variance / Questions about Multiple Regression Analysis / The Bigger Picture
October 2012 384 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9759-1) 44.99

USING BASIC STATISTICS IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES


Fifth Edition
Annabel Ness Evans Concordia University College of Alberta
August 2013 560 pages Paper (978-1-4522-5950-5) 46.99

INTERPRETING QUANTITATIVE DATA WITH IBM SPSS STATISTICS


Second Edition
Rachad Antonius University of Quebec in Montreal An invaluable resource for students analyzing quantitative data with SPSS for the first time, this book clearly sets out a range of statistical techniques and their common applications, explaining their logic and links to the research process. It also shows how SPSS can be used as a tool to aid analysis. Key features of the Second Edition include: new chapters on ANOVA, factor analysis and the general multilinear model SPSS lab sessions following each chapter sets of exercises and real-life examples a Companion Website with answers to the labs and exercises, along with additional data sets.

Request one of our new catalogues online at www.sagepub.co.uk or phone us on +44 (0)20 7324 8500

CONTENTS
The Basic Language of Statistics / The Research Process / Univariate Descriptive Statistics / Graphical Representations / Creating New Variables with SPSS / Normal Distributions and Sampling Distributions / Sampling Designs / Inferential Statistics: Estimation / Inferential Statistics: Hypothesis Testing / Statistical Association: Correlation and the Regression Line / TwoWay Tables and the Chi-Squared Test / Statistical Association: <i>t-Tests and ANOVA / Statistical Association between a Qualitative IV and a Quantitative DV

READERSHIP
First and second-year undergraduates taking introductory courses in quantitative methods across the social sciences; also postgraduates on more elementary SPSS courses
November 2012 376 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0742-0) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0743-7) 29.99

50

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Statistics

STATISTICS FOR THE BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES


Gregory J Privitera St. Bonaventure University An engaging introduction to statistics that provides readers with a tool for learning about behaviour without requiring a strong background in research methods. Key Features: 'Making Sense' sections break down the most difficult concepts in statistics for students, review important material, and basically 'make sense' of the most challenging material 'Research in Focus' sections provide context by reviewing pertinent, current research that makes sense of or illustrates important statistical concepts discussed in the chapter 'APA in Focus' sections explain how to summarize statistical results for each inferential statistic taught 'SPSS in Focus' sections provide step-by-step, classroomtested instruction using practical research examples for how the concepts taught in each chapter can be applied using SPSS.

ADVENTURES IN SOCIAL RESEARCH


Data Analysis Using IBM SPSS Statistics
Eighth Edition
Earl Babbie Chapman University, USA, Fred S Halley State University of New York, Brockport, William E Wagner, III California State University, Channel Islands and Jeanne Zaino Iona College Guiding students through step-by-step instruction on data analysis using the latest version of SPSS and the most up to date General Social Survey data, this revised edition emphasizes active and collaborative learning as students engage in a series of practical investigative exercises.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PREPARING FOR DATA ANALYSIS / Introduction: The Theory and Practice of Social Research / The Logic of Measurement / Description of Data Sets: The General Social Survey (GSS) / PART TWO: UNIVARIATE ANALYSIS / Using SPSS Statistics: Some Basics / Describing Your Data: Religiosity / Presenting Your Data in Graphic Form: Political Orientations / Recoding Your Data: Religiosity and Political Orientations / Creating Composite Measures: Exploring Attitudes Toward Abortion in More Depth / Suggestions for Further Analysis / PART THREE: BIVARIATE ANALYSIS / Examining the Sources of Religiosity / Political Orientations as Cause and Effect / What Causes Different Attitudes Toward Abortion? / Measures of Association for Nominal and Ordinal Variables / Regression and Correlation Analysis / Tests of Significance / Suggestions for Further Bivariate Analyses / PART FOUR: MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS / Multiple Causation: Examining Religiosity in Greater Depth / Dissecting the Political Factor / A Powerful Prediction of Attitudes Toward Abortion / Suggestions for Further Multivariate Analyses / PART FIVE: THE ADVENTURE CONTINUES / Designing and Executing Your Own Survey / Further Opportunities for Social Research
September 2012 480 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0558-8) 40.99

CONTENTS
Introduction to Statistics / Summarizing Data: Tables, Graphs, and Distributions / Summarizing Data: Central Tendency / Summarizing Data: Variability / Probability / Probability and Normal Distributions / Probability and Sampling Distributions / Introduction to Hypothesis Testing / Testing Means: Independent Sample t-Tests / Testing Means: Related Samples t-Test / Estimation and Confidence Intervals / Analysis of Variance: One-Way Between-Subjects Design / Analysis of Variance: One-Way Within-Subjects Design / Analysis of Variance: Two-Way Between-Subjects Factorial Design / Correlation / Linear Regression / Nonparametric Tests: Chi-Square Tests / Nonparametric Tests: Tests For Ordinal Data

READERSHIP
Students and researchers in the behavioural sciences
November 2011 736 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-6931-4) 46.99

STUDENT STUDY GUIDE WITH SPSS STATISTICS FOR THE BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Gregory J Privitera St. Bonaventure University This Study Guide includes a review of chapter learning objectives, chapter outlines and key terms, essential statistical formulas, special tips and insights for students, and chapter summaries.
2011 504 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0334-8) 18.99

THEORY-BASED DATA ANALYSIS FOR THE SOCIAL SCIENCES


Second Edition
Carol S Aneshensel University of California, Los Angeles Providing an accessible explanation of the connection between theory and analytic strategies, this book equips readers with a clear framework with which to analyse social statistics.
February 2013 560 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9435-4) 40.99

LONGITUDINAL DATA ANALYSIS FOR THE BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES USING R


Jeffrey D Long University of Iowa, USA This book is unique in its focus on showing students in the behavioural sciences how to analyze longitudinal data using R software.
December 2011 568 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-8268-9) 49.00

ESSENTIALS OF SOCIAL STATISTICS FOR A DIVERSE SOCIETY


Anna Leon-Guerrero Pacific Lutheran University and Chava Frankfort-Nachmias University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee, USA This book's informational and inviting writing style, coupled with the use of realworld examples, makes it an accessible and engaging resource for students.
December 2011 368 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0583-0) 55.00

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

51

Statistics

AN INTRODUCTION TOSTATISTICS
An Active Learning Approach
Kieth A Carlson and Jennifer R Winquist both at Valparaiso University In An Introduction to Statistics, the authors encourage an active approach to learning statistics. Introducing basic and key concepts, the book is also unique in the depth of its active pedagogical approach. Carefully placed reading questions throughout each chapter reinforce difficult concepts and guide student learning. 29 in-depth activities, each accompanied by learning objectives, carefully developed scenarios, problem sets and quiz questions give students the opportunity to test or demonstrate their understanding of basic concepts while they read detailed explanations of more complex statistical concepts, and 15 sets of practice problems further solidify student learning.

ESSENTIAL FIRST STEPS TO DATA ANALYSIS


Scenario-Based Examples Using SPSS
Carol S Parke Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, PA This book provides instruction and guidance on preparing quantitative data sets prior to answering a study's research questions. Preparation may involve data management and manipulation tasks, data organization, structural changes to data files or conducting preliminary analysis such as examining the scale of a variable, the validity of assumptions or the nature and extent of missing data. The 'results' from these essential first steps can also help guide a researcher in selecting the most appropriate statistical tests for his/her study.

CONTENTS
The Sample / Module 1. Checking the Representativeness of a Sample / Module 2. Splitting a File, Selecting Cases, Creating Standardized Scores and Ranks / Nature and Distribution of Variables / Module 3. Recoding, Counting, and Computing Variables / Module 4. Determining the Scale of a Variable / Module 5. Identifying and Addressing Outliers / Model Assumptions / Module 6. Evaluating Model Assumptions for Testing Mean Differences / Module 7. Evaluating Model Assumptions for Multiple Regression Analysis / Missing Data / Module 8. Determining the Quantity and Nature of Missing Data / Module 9. Quantifying Missing Data and Diagnosing its Patterns / Working with Multiple Data Files / Module 10. Merging Files / Module 11. Aggregating Data and Restructuring Files / Module 12. Identifying a Cohort of Students
February 2013 328 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9751-5) 31.99

CONTENTS
Introduction to Statistics and Frequency Distributions / Central Tendency / Variability / z scores / The Distribution of Sample Means and z for a Sample Mean / Hypothesis Testing with z-scores / Hypothesis Testing Rules / Single Sample t test / Related Samples t / Independent Measures t / Estimation with Confidence Intervals / Independent Measures ANOVA / Two Factor ANOVA or Two-Way ANOVA / Correlations / Goodness of Fit and Independence Chi Square Statistics / Statistical Assumptions
March 2013 456 pages Paper (978-1-4522-1743-7) 39.99

Students create, analyze and interact with their data using STATLAB Online!

by Greg Francis, Purdue University and Ian Neath, Memorial University of Newfoundland

52

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Statistics

STATLAB ONLINE
Francis Gregory Purdue University, USA and Ian Neath Memorial University of Newfoundland The online laborator y that allows students to actively participate in classic behavioural experiments by gathering and analyzing their own data. Take the free demo now!
November 2011 E-ISBN (978-1-4129-9120-9) 21.99

INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURAL EQUATION MODELING USING IBM SPSS STATISTICS AND AMOS
Second Edition
Niels J Blunch Aarhus School of Business This comprehensive Second Edition offers readers a complete guide to carrying out research projects involving structural equation modeling (SEM). Updated to include extensive analysis of AMOS' graphical interface, a new chapter on latent curve models and detailed explanations of the structural equation modeling process, this Second Edition is the ideal guide for those new to the field. The book includes: learning objectives, key concepts and questions for further discussion in each chapter helpful diagrams and screenshots to expand on concepts covered in the texts real life examples from a variety of disciplines to show how SEM is applied in real research contexts exe r c i s e s fo r e a c h c h a pte r o n a n a c c o m p a ny i n g Companion Website

AN INTRODUCTION TO MATLAB FOR BEHAVIORAL RESEARCHERS


Christopher R Madan An Introduction to MATLAB for Behavioral Researchers is a hands-on guide that shows psychology students how to use MATLAB for analyzing experimental data. Written in a conversational and non-intimidating style, the author walks students step-by-step through importing their data, working with their data, and plotting data as presentation-ready figures and graphs.
October 2013 240 pages Paper (978-1-4522-5540-8) 26.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PREPARING YOURSELF AND YOUR DATA / Measuring Your Variables / Factor Analysis / PART TWO: THE THREE BASIC MODELS / Structural Equation Modeling with AMOS / Models with Only Manifest Variables / The Measurement Model in SEM / The General Model / PART THREE: ADVANCED MODELS AND TECHNIQUES / Mean Structures and Multi-Group Analysis / Incomplete and Non-Normal Data / Latent Curve Models

STATISTICS
A Gentle Introduction
Third Edition
Frederick L Coolidge University of Colorado, Colorado Springs This text provides readers with all they need to make sure that statistics are neither difficult nor dull; it curtails students' anxieties and minimize unnecessary formulas, whilst providing a comprehensive review of basic statistical designs and analyses.
June 2012 488 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9171-1) 44.99

READERSHIP
Advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students and researchers across the social and behavioural sciences
November 2012 312 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4899-7) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4900-0) 28.99

ANSWERING QUESTIONS WITH STATISTICS


Robert Szafran Stephen F. Austin State University, USA Using engaging subject matter and subjective and objective data, this text introduces students to statistics using SPSS.
December 2011 456 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9132-2) 46.99

APPLIED STATISTICS
From Bivariate Through Multivariate Techniques
Second Edition
Rebecca M Warner University of New Hampshire Complete with examples, questions and graphics this text introduces readers to areas in bivariate and multivariate statistics
May 2012 1208 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-9134-6) 65.00

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

53

Statistics

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF MULTILEVEL MODELING


Edited by Marc A Scott and Jeffrey S Simonoff New York University, USA and Brian D Marx Louisiana State University, USA In this important new handbook, the editors have gathered together a range of leading contributors who introduce the theory and practice of multilevel modeling. The Handbook establishes the connections in multilevel modeling, bringing together leading experts from around the world to provide a road map for applied researchers linking theory and practice, as well as a unique arsenal of state-of-the-art tools. It forges vital connections that cross traditional disciplinary divides and introduces best practice in the field.

APPLIED MULTIVARIATE RESEARCH


Design and Interpretation
Second Edition
Lawrence S Meyers California State University, Sacramento, Glenn Gamst University of La Verne and A J Guarino MGH Institute of Health Professions Today, through the sophistication of statistical software packages such as SPSS, virtually all graduate students across the social and behavioural sciences are exposed to the complex multivariate statistical techniques such as correlation and multiple regression, exploratory factor analysis, MANOVA, path analysis, and structural equation modeling. This book is designed to provide full coverage of the wide range of multivariate topics in a conceptual, non-mathematical way. It is geared toward the needs, level of sophistication and interest in multivariate methodology of students in applied programs in the social and behavioural sciences who need to focus on design and interpretation rather than the intricacies of specific computations.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: MULTILEVEL MODEL SPECIFICATION AND INFERENCE / PART TWO: VARIATIONS AND EXTENSIONS OF THE MULTILEVEL MODEL / / PART THREE: PRACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS IN MODEL FIT AND SPECIFICATION/ PART FOUR: SELECTED APPLICATIONS

READERSHIP
Academics, researchers and students in research methods design and modeling
August 2013 620 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-564-7) 95.00

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THE BASICS OF MULTIVARIATE DESIGN / An Introduction to Multivariate Design / Some Fundamental Research Design Concepts / Data Screening / Data Screening Using IBM SPSS / PART TWO: COMPARISONS OF MEANS / Univariate Comparison of Means / Univariate Comparison of Means Using IBM SPSS / Multivariate Analysis of Variance (MANOVA) / Multivariate Analysis of Variance (MANOVA) Using IBM SPSS / PART THREE: PREDICTING THE VALUE OF A SINGLE VARIABLE / Bivariate Correlation and Simple Linear Regression / Bivariate Correlation and Simple Linear Regression Using IBM SPSS / Multiple Regression: Statistical Methods / Multiple Regression: Statistical Methods Using IBM SPSS / Multiple Regression: Beyond Statistical Regression / Multiple Regression: Beyond Statistical Regression Using IBM SPSS / Multilevel Modeling / Multilevel Modeling Using IBM SPSS / Binary and Multinomial Logistic Regression and ROC Analysis / Binary and Multinomial Logistic Regression and ROC Analysis Using IBM SPSS / PART FOUR: Analysis of Structure / Discriminant Function Analysis / Discriminant Function Analysis Using IBM SPSS / Principal Components and Exploratory Factor Analysis / Principal Components and Exploratory Factor Analysis Using IBM SPSS / Canonical Correlation Analysis / Canonical Correlation Analysis Using IBM SPSS / Multidimensional Scaling / Multidimensional Scaling Using IBM SPSS / Cluster Analysis / Cluster Analysis Using IBM SPSS / PART FIVE: FITTING MODELS TO DATA / Confirmatory Factor Analysis / Confirmatory Factor Analysis Using Amos / Path Analysis: Multiple Regression / Path Analysis: Multiple Regression Using IBM SPSS / Path Analysis: Structural Modeling / Path Analysis: Structural Modeling Using Amos / Structural Equation Modeling / Structural Equation Modeling Using Amos / Model Invariance: Applying a Model to Different Groups / Assessing Model Invariance Using Amos
October 2012 1104 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-8811-7) 71.00

MULTILEVEL ANALYSIS
An Introduction to Basic and Advanced Multilevel Modeling
Second Edition
Tom A B Snijders University of Oxford and University of Groningen and Roel J Bosker University of Groningen The classic text in multilevel analysis, dealing with everything you need to know, has been hugely revised and added to and is supported by all the software. A must-have for modellers.
October 2011 368 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-200-8) 88.00 Paper (978-1-84920-201-5) 28.99

USING STATA FOR QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS


Kyle C Longest Furman University Longest teaches the language of Stata from an intuitive perspective, furthering students' overall retention, allowing for a student with no experience in statistical software to be able to sit down and be working with data in a very short amount of time.
January 2012 240 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9711-9) 20.99

SCALE DEVELOPMENT
Theory and Applications
Third Edition
Robert F DeVellis University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA A best-seller in its previous editions, this Third Edition has been extensively updated and revised to address changes in the field and topics that have grown in importance.
APPLIED SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS
2011 216 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8044-9) 27.99

54

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Statistics

REGRESSION, ANOVA, AND THE GENERAL LINEAR MODEL


A Statistics Primer
Peter Vik Idaho State University Demonstrating basic statistical concepts from two different perspectives, this book gives the reader a conceptual understanding of how to interpret statistics and their use. Those two perspectives are a focus on the traditional tests that are used such as t-test, correlation and ANOVA, and a model-comparison approach using General Linear Methods.

PROPENSITY SCORE ANALYSIS


Statistical Methods and Applications
Shenyang Guo and Mark W Fraser both at University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA Lo ok ing closely at the p r ac tic al applications of propensity score matching (PSM) by exploring statistical concepts, formulas and models, this text provides readers with all they need to know about PSM and how to apply it.
ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
2009 392 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-5356-6) 55.00

CONTENTS
PART ONE: FOUNDATIONS OF THE GENERAL LINEAR MODEL / Predicting Scores: The Mean and the Error of Prediction / Bivariate Regression / Model Comparison: The Simplest Model Versus a Regression Model / PART TWO: FUNDAMENTAL STATISTICAL TESTS / Correlation: Traditional and Regression Approaches / T-test: Concepts and Traditional Approach / Oneway Analysis of Variance (ANOVA): Traditional Approach / T-test, ANOVA, and the Bivariate Regression Approach / PART THREE: ADDING COMPLEXIVITY / Model Comparison II: Multiple Regression / Multiple Regression: When Predictors Interact / Two-way ANOVA: Traditional Approach / Two-way ANOVA: Model Comparison Approach / One-way ANOVA with Three Groups: Traditional Approach / ANOVA with Three Groups: Model Comparison Approach / Two by Three ANOVA: Complex Categorical Models / Two by Three ANOVA: Model Comparison Approach / Analysis of Covariance (ANCOVA): Continuous and Categorical Predictors / Repeated Measures / Multiple Repeated Measures / Mixed Between and Within Designs
April 2013 352 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9735-5) 44.99

HIERARCHICAL LINEAR MODELS


Applications and Data Analysis Methods
Second Edition
Stephen W Raudenbush University of Chicago and Anthony S Bryk An update of the First Edition popular for its rich, illustrative examples and lucid explanations of the theory and use of hierarchical linear models (HLM).
ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
2002 512 pages Cloth (978-0-7619-1904-9) 91.00

INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS
A Conceptual Course
Brett W Pelham American Psychological Association A student-friendly text which enables students to appreciate the logic of descriptive and inferential statistics, and under stand which techniques are best suited to which kinds of data or research questions.
October 2012 448 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-9498-9) 46.99

HIERARCHICAL LINEAR MODELING


Guide and Applications
Edited by G David Garson North Carolina State University, USA An introduction to the concepts, assumptions, and practical implementation procedures involved in common types of projects based on hierarchical linear modeling, multilevel modeling, or linear mixed modeling.
May 2012 392 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9885-7) 40.99

A PRIMER ON PARTIAL LEAST SQUARE


Joseph F Hair, Jr Kennesaw State University G Tomas M Hult Michigan State University, East Lansing Christian Ringle Technical University of Hamburg-Harburg, Germany Marko Sarstedt Otto-von-Guericke University, Magdeburg Providing a concise, yet very practical guide to understanding and using PLS path modeling, this text includes extensive examples on SmartPLS software and is accompanied by multiple data sets that the user can download from the accompanying Website. Professors are supported with PowerPoint and Instructor guides that can be posted to their Websites.
June 2013 320 pages Paper (978-1-4522-1744-4) 22.99

USING PROPENSITY SCORES IN QUASI-EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS


William M Holmes This book will help students to understand the underlying concepts behind statistics, when they are used, and how they are used.
July 2013 384 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0526-7) 31.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

55

Statistics

EXCEL STATISTICS
A Quick Guide
Second Edition
Neil J Salkind University of Kansas Designed for users already familiar with basic computer operations, Neil J Salkinds Excel Statistics shows readers how to utilize the features of Microsoft Excel to answer both simple and complex questions about data analysis. Excel novices and experts alike will find this text not only practical but easy to use and engaging. Key features include: each function and tool is accompanied by an Excel file, accessible through the SAGE Website, to be used as an example of each analysis. Access these files through the SAGE Website or through www.onlinefilefolder.com the screenshots and steps feature Microsoft Excel 2010 and are compatible with Microsoft 972003 and Excel 5.0/95.

STATISTICS FOR PEOPLE WHO (THINK THEY) HATE STATISTICS


Excel 2010 Edition
Third Edition
Neil J Salkind University of Kansas The bestselling text Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics is the basis for this completely adapted Excel 2010 version. Neil J Salkind presents an often-intimidating and difficult subject in a way that is informative, personable and clear. Researchers and students who find themselves uncomfortable with the analysis portion of their work will appreciate this book's unhurried pace and thorough, friendly presentation. Salkind begins the Excel version with a complete introduction to the software, and shows the students how to install the Excel Analysis ToolPak option (free) to earn access to a host of new and very useful analytical techniques. He then takes students through various statistical procedures, beginning with correlations and graphical representation of data and ending with inferential techniques and analysis of variance. Pedagogical features include sidebars offering additional technical information about the topic and set-off points that reinforce major themes. Finally, questions to chapter exercises, a complete glossary and extensive Excel functionality are located at the back of the book. This Third Edition is updated for use with Excel 2010.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: USING EXCEL FUNCTIONS / Computing Averages / The AVERAGE Function / The MEDIAN Function / The MODE.SNGL Function / The GEOMEAN Function / Looking at Variability / The STDEV.S Function / The STDEV.P Function / The VAR.S Function / The VAR.P Function / Describing Data / The FREQUENCY Function / The NORM.DIST Function / The PERCENTILE.INC Function / The PERCENTRANK.INC Function / The QUARTILE.INC Function / The RANK.AVG Function / The STANDARDIZE Function / Looking at Relationships / The COVARIANCE.S Function / The CORREL Function / The PEARSON Function / The INTERCEPT Function / The SLOPE Function / The TREND Function / The FORECAST Function / The RSQ Function / Tests of Independence / The CHISQ.DIST Function / The CHISQ.TEST Function / Tests of Significance / The F.DIST Function / The F.TEST Function / The T.DIST Function / The T.TEST Function / The Z.TEST Function / Looking at Data / The AVERAGEIF Function / The COUNT Function / The COUNTA Function / The COUNTBLANK Function / The COUNTIF Function / PART TWO: USING THE ANALYSIS TOOLPAK / Describing Data / Descriptive Statistics / Moving Average / Random Number Generation / Rank and Percentile / Sampling / Comparing Means / z-Test: Two-Sample for Means / . t-Test: Paired Two-Sample for Means / . t-Test: Two-Sample Assuming Unequal Variances / t-Test: Two-Sample Assuming Equal Variances / Anova: Single Factor / Anova: Two-Factor with Replication / Anova: TwoFactor without Replication / Looking at Relationships / The Correlation Tool / The Regression Tool / Illustrating Data / The Histogram Tool

CONTENTS
PART ONE: YIPPEE! I'M IN STATISTICS / Statistics or Sadistics?: It's Up to You / PART TWO: SIGMA FREUD AND DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS / Computing and Understanding Averages: Means to an End / Vive la Difference: Understanding Variability / A Picture Really Is Worth a Thousand Words / Ice Cream and Crime: Computing Correlation Coefficients / Just the Truth: An Introduction to Understanding Reliability and Validity / PART THREE: TAKING CHANCES FOR FUN AND PROFIT / Hypotheticals and You: Testing Your Questions / Are Your Curves Normal?: Probability and Why It Counts / PART FOUR: SIGNIFICANTLY DIFFERENT: USING INFERENTIAL STATISTICS / Significantly Significant: What It Means for You and Me / Only the Lonely: The One Sample Z Test / T(ea) for Two: Tests Between the Means of Different Groups / T(ea) for Two (Again): Tests Between the Means of Related Groups / Two Groups Too Many?: Try Analysis of Variance / Two Too Many Factors: Factorial Analysis of Variance: A Brief Introduction / . Cousins or Just Good Friends?: Testing Relationships Using the Correlation Coefficient / Predicting Who'll Win the Super Bowl: Using Linear Regression / What to Do When You're Not Normal: Chi-Square and Some Other Nonparametric Tests / Some Other (Important) Statistical Procedures You Should Know About / A Statistical Software Sampler / PART FIVE: TEN THINGS YOU'LL WANT TO KNOW AND REMEMBER / The Ten (or More) Best (and Most Fun) Internet Sites for Statistics Stuff / . The Ten Commandments of Data Collection

READERSHIP
Undergraduate statistics students
January 2013 144 pages Paper (978-1-4522-5792-1) 15.99

READERSHIP

TESTS & MEASUREMENT FOR PEOPLE WHO (THINK THEY) HATE TESTS & MEASUREMENT
Second Edition
Neil J Salkind University of Kansas In his best-selling writing style and presentation, Salkind provides students with everything they need to know about testing and measuring, and makes another feared subject accessible.
March 2012 424 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8975-6) 47.99

Undergraduate statistics students


September 2012 488 pages Paper (978-1-4522-2523-4) 44.99

STATISTICS FOR PEOPLE WHO (THINK THEY) HATESTATISTICS


Fourth Edition
Neil J Salkind University of Kansas This bestseller continues to help instructors teach an often intimidating and difficult subject in a way that is informative, personable and clear.
2010 472 pages Paper (978-1-4129-7959-7) 39.99

56

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Statistics

BUILDING SPSS GRAPHS TO UNDERSTAND DATA


James O Aldrich and Hilda M Rodriguez California State University, Northridge This book is a must-have for anyone needing to understand large or small amounts of data. It describes how to build and interpret graphs, showing how 'understanding data' means that the graph must clearly and succinctly answer questions about the data.
June 2012 392 pages Paper (978-1-4522-1684-3) 20.99

DATA ANALYSIS USING R COMMANDER


Graeme Hutcheson University of Manchester In this clear and practical text, Graeme Hutcheson introduces the basics of data analysis using R and its graphical user interface, R Commander (Rcmdr), to those new to the package. Taking a hands-on, non-mathematical approach, Hutcheson recognizes that most students and new researchers find using statistics for the first time a daunting and difficult task. Using screenshots and lots of easy-tofollow examples, he works through the basic tasks of data analysis. He provides readers with a 'system of analysis' that they can easily and quickly apply to their own data and analysis.

BEST PRACTICES IN DATA CLEANING


A Complete Guide to Everything You Need to Do Before and After Collecting Your Data
Jason W Osborne Old Dominion University, USA This book provides a clear, step-by-step process of examining and cleaning data in order to decrease error rates and increase both the power and replicability of results.
March 2012 296 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8801-8) 22.99

CONTENTS
Introduction: Why Use R and Rcmdr? / Dealing with Data: Importing, Coding and Storage / Manipulating Data: Renaming, Recoding and Restructuring / Descriptive Statistics / Statistics for Continuous Data / Statistics for Ordered Data / Statistics for Unordered Data / Model Selection / Model Diagnostics / Graphics

READERSHIP
All students and researchers using R
December 2013 276 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0060-5) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0061-2) 25.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

57

QASS Series

QUANTITATIVE APPLICATION IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES


For more than 30 years, the QASS series has been a cutting-edge resource for the latest quantitative techniques. Countless students and teachers have relied on these handy, brief volumes to help them understand everything from bayesian inference to latent class scaling analysis. View the full list of titles in the QASS series, and order the complete set at www.sagepub.co.uk

APPLICATIONS OF EXPONENTIAL RANDOM GRAPH MODELING


Jenine K Harris Washington University, St Louis Explaining the techniques and applications of exponential random graph modeling (ERGM) for social scientists, this is a uniquely sophisticated yet useful and accessible volume for examining social systems.
September 2013 128 pages Paper (978-1-4522-2080-2) 11.99

MULTIVARIATE GENERAL LINEAR MODELS


Richard F Haase University at Albany, State University of New York With the format of the text mirroring the steps needed to be taken to solve multivariate general linear model problems, this clear and accessible guide introduces readers to this area of statistics.
January 2012 224 pages Paper (978-1-4129-7249-9) 14.99

HETEROSKEDASTICITY IN REGRESSION
Detection and Correction
Robert L Kaufman Temple University This text covers the consequences of violating one of the key assumptions of ordinary least squares regression (equal error variances), diagnostic tools to assess the existence of the problem of heteroskedasticity, and statistical techniques to analyse the data correctly.
September 2013 120 pages Paper (978-1-4522-3495-3) 11.99

LATENT CLASS ANALYSIS


Second Edition
Allan L McCutcheon University of Nebraska, Lincoln This new edition covers the new developments in the field of latent class analysis including latent-class regression, latent-class factor analysis and multilevel latent-class models. Information on new software programs is included in the text (Mplus, Latent Gold and LEM).
September 2013 120 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8769-1) 11.99

METHODS OF RANDOMIZATION IN EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN


Valentim R Alferes University of Coimbra, Portugal This book provides a conceptual systematization and a practical tool for the randomization of between-subjects and within-subjects experimental designs.
November 2012 208 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0292-1) 14.99

Q METHODOLOGY
Second Edition
Bruce McKeown and Dan Thomas Wartburg College Q Methodology defines the distinctive set of psychometric and operational principles which, when combined with specialized statistical applications of correlation and factor-analysis techniques, provide researchers with a systematic and rigorously quantitative means for examining human subjectivity.
August 2013 128 pages Paper (978-1-4522-4219-4) 11.99

EVENT HISTORY ANALYSIS


Regression for Longitudinal Event Data
Second Edition
Paul D Allison University of Pennsylvania Drawing on recent 'event history' analytical methods from biostatistics, engineering and sociology, this book explains how longitudinal data can be used to study the causes of deaths, crimes, wars and many other 'people' events.
September 2013 140 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9770-6) 11.99

QASS SERIES COMPLETE SET VOL 1-170


All 170 volumes in the Quantitative Application in the Social Sciences (QASS) series are now available in a complete set at a 35% saving.
May 2012 Cloth (978-1-4522-4436-5) 1575.00

58

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Methods for Business & Management

ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS RESEARCH


A Guide to Doing Your Research Project
Second Edition
Jonathan Wilson Anglia Ruskin University Focused on the essentials needed to understand and apply methodology within a business and management context, this excellent book uses clear examples to demonstrate the hows and whys of effective research. Written specifically for business students, it highlights each stage of the research process, guiding the reader through actionable steps and explicitly setting out how best to meet a supervisor's expectations. Key features include: 'you're the supervisor' sections to help students meet learning objectives 'common questions and answers' - real world advice on how to tackle common challenges detailed guidance on software packages such as SPSS and NVivo examples from many different types of businesses across cultures. It is accompanied by a fully integrated Companion Website designed to support students and assist lecturers. Free to access, it includes: author podcasts; guides to online tools; links to downloadable journal articles; examples of completed projects; PowerPoint slides; and students' multiple choice questions to test progress.

RESEARCHING ORGANISATIONS
The Practice of Organisational Fieldwork
Matthew Jones Judge Institute of Management, University of Cambridge Although there are plenty of books that discuss the principles, the philosophy and the techniques of research in organisations, it is much harder to find information on what doing research in organisations actually involves in practice. Yet, this is often one of the most challenging, but also most interesting, aspects of a study. Drawing on examples and debates from a broad range of disciplines, Researching Organisations explores the issues that researchers may encounter when carrying out fieldwork in organisations. From getting into an organisation at the start of the research to getting out and maybe back again at the end, the book offers systematic guidance to help researchers navigate the messy reality of fieldwork.

CONTENTS
Research and Organisations / The Research Process / Getting In: Seeking Access / Getting In: Gaining Access / Getting On: In the Organisation / Getting On: Ethics in Organisational Research / Getting Out: Leaving the Field / Getting Out: Reporting Organisational Research / Getting Back / Emerging Issues in Researching Organisations

READERSHIP
Graduate students of management, and also education and the social sciences
November 2013 224 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5721-0) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5722-7) 28.99

CONTENTS
An Introduction to Business Research / Developing a Research Topic / Conducting a Literature Review / Addressing Ethical Issues / Establishing a Research Design / Primary Data Collection / Data Collection Using Online Methods / Using Secondary Data / Sampling / Analyzing Quantitative Data / Analyzing Qualitative Data / Writing up and Presenting Your Research

READERSHIP
Students of business and management
December 2013 336 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5732-6) 90.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5733-3) 32.99

A STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE TO STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS


Richard N Landers Assistant Professor of Industrial/Organizational Psychology at Old Dominion University, U.S.A The essential introduction to statistics for business and economics students, this book will equip students with the knowledge and skills required to succeed in their studies and use statistics in the workplace. In a clear and engaging way, Richard Landers guides the reader through the vital role statistics play in the business decision-making process and carefully explains and demonstrates how they are applied in practice. The book covers everything from collecting data to summarising and presenting findings. It also revisits all the basic maths skills required to work with data and statistics effectively, with step-bystep screenshot illustrations in both Excel and SPSS. The book also comes with a comprehensive companion website which hosts: click-by-click video tutorials for how to use Excel and SPSS datasets for practicing your statistics skills a full instructors manual for lecturers PowerPoint presentations for lecturers.

EVALUATION BY AND FORORGANIZATIONS


Strategies for Enhancing Quality and Use
Edited by Marlne Lubli Loud and John Mayne Evaluation by and for Organizations concentrates on evaluations carried out by and/or on behalf of governmental and nongovernmental organizations. Its aim is to help organizations become more focused on using evaluation to improve policies, strategies, programming and delivery of public and communal services. Existing theories of how this should be done are compared with the practical experiences of a range of national and international, government and non-governmental agencies.

CONTENTS
Commissioning Evaluations: Managing the Evaluation Process to Ensure Quality and User-Focused Results / Evaluation Culture: A Launching Platform for Utilization / Evaluator, Evaluand, Evaluation Commissioner: A Tricky Triangle / Fostering Evaluative Thinking: Tactics and Tips / Evaluation Policy and Practice in a Changing Environment: Evolution of the Evaluation Function in the World Health Organization (WHO) / Evaluation Use Within One of the World's Largest Consumers of Evaluations: The European Commission / Evaluation Management: Balancing Independence, Quality, and Use / Commissioning and Quality Control of Theory-Driven Evaluations: The Dutch Case / Knowledge to Action: Re-Shaping the Role of Evaluation in a National Public Health Agency
August 2013 272 pages Paper (978-1-4522-0547-2) 29.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS / The Language of Statistics / Working with Numbers and Data Display / Central Tendency and Variability / Probability Distributions / Sampling Distributions / PART TWO: INFERENTIAL STATISTICS / Estimation and Confidence Intervals / Hypothesis Testing / Test for Significance: z-Tests and One Sample t-Tests / Test of Significance: Paired and Independent Samples t-Test / Goodnnes of Fit Tests (chi-squared) / ANOVA / Correlation and Regression / PART THREE: WRAP-UP / Matching Statistical Tests to Business Problems

READERSHIP
Undergraduate business and management students
March 2013 320 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0820-5) 90.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0821-2) 36.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

59

Methods for Business & Management

QUALITATIVE CONSUMER AND MARKETING RESEARCH


Russell Belk, Eileen Fischer and Robert V Kozinets York University, Canada Written for students, scholars, and marketing research practitioners, this book takes readers through the basics to an advanced understanding of the state of the art in qualitative marketing and consumer research. The book offers readers a practical guide to planning, conducting, analysing, and presenting your research using both time-tested and new methods, skills, and technologies. With hands-on exercises that researchers can practice and apply, the book leads readers step-bystep through developing qualitative research skills, using illustrations drawn from the best of recent and classic research. Whatever your background, this book will help you become a better researcher and help your research come alive for others.

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF ORGANIZATIONAL RESEARCH METHODS


Edited by David Buchanan Cranfield University and Alan Bryman University of Leicester The SAGE Handbook of Organizational R e s e a r c h M e t h o d s p rovide s a n impressively comprehensive critical review of contemporary issues, debates and trends across the domain of organizational research.
2009 776 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-3118-2) 110.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0064-3) 31.99

CONTENTS
Getting Started: How to Begin a Qualitative Research Project / Depth Interviews / Ethnography and Observational Methods / Online Observation and Netnography / Data Collection Aids / Approaches to Data Analysis, Interpretation and Theory Building for Scholarly Research / Analysis, Theory and Presentation for Managers / Presenting, Disseminating, and Sharing

RESEARCHING POWER, ELITES AND LEADERSHIP


Christopher Williams University of Birmingham This book consolidates the hows and whys of elite and leadership studies. Aimed at students it is full of case studies, figures and templates and models for planning and presentations.
May 2012 336 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-428-2) 85.00 Paper (978-0-85702-429-9) 26.99

READERSHIP
Students, scholars and marketing research practitioners
December 2012 248 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-766-5) 75.00 Paper (978-0-85702-767-2) 26.99

QUALITATIVE ORGANIZATIONAL RESEARCH


Core Methods and Current Challenges
Edited by Gillian Symon Birkbeck College, University of London and Catherine Cassell University of Manchester This text brings together in one volume the range of methods available for undertaking qualitative data collection and analysis in organizations.
March 2012 544 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-410-7) 90.00 Paper (978-0-85702-411-4) 32.99

QUALITATIVE METHODS IN BUSINESS RESEARCH


Pivi Eriksson University of Kuopio and Anne Kovalainen Turku School of Economics This practical, how-to guide shows how qualitative methods are used within management, marketing, organizational studies and accounting.
INTRODUCING QUALITATIVE METHODS SERIES
2008 352 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-0316-5) 90.00 Paper (978-1-4129-0317-2) 29.99

RESEARCH METHODS IN ACCOUNTING


Second Edition
Malcolm Smith Edith Cowan University The updated and expanded Second Edition continues to provide a practical and accessible overview of the conduct of applied research studies in accounting.
2011 240 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-796-6) 88.00 Paper (978-1-84920-797-3) 30.99

THE LOGIC MODEL GUIDEBOOK


Better Strategies for Great Results
Second Edition
Lisa Wyatt Knowlton and Cynthia C. Phillips Phillips Wyatt Knowlton, Inc. The Logic Model Guidebook offers clear, step-by-step support for creating logic models and the modeling process in a range of contexts.
October 2012 192 pages Paper (978-1-4522-1675-1) 32.99

60

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Methods Business & Management / Methods for Education

MANAGEMENT RESEARCH
Fourth Edition
Mark Easterby-Smith Lancaster University Management School, UK, Richard Thorpe University of Leeds and Paul Jackson University of Manchester Now in its Fourth Edition, this much loved text offers theoretical and philosophical depth without sacrificing what the reader needs to know in practical terms. With an impressive range of in-text features and online materials, as well as the authors' ability to tackle complex issues in a clear and accessible way, this textbook makes the whole scope of management research methods approachable. Readers will find coverage of the entire research process as well as a critical, thoughtful treatment of important issues like ethics and politics, making this an invaluable companion to any student or researcher who needs to know about business and management research methods. Features new to the Fourth Edition include: expanded coverage of mixed methods further guidance on choosing a research question and writing a research proposal more visual material and an improved, full-colour layout.

INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODS IN EDUCATION


Keith F Punch University of Western Australia This book offers a highly accessible, clear and engaging introduction to research in education.
2009 398 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-017-9) 77.00 Paper (978-1-84787-018-6) 25.99

RESEARCH METHODS IN EDUCATION


Joseph Check and Russell K Schutt both at University of Massachusetts Boston An innovative new text for teaching introductory research methods that addresses emerging instructional needs.
2011 440 pages Paper (978-1-4129-4009-2) 60.99

READERSHIP
Students on business and management courses
November 2011 392 pages Cloth (978-0-8570-2116-8) 90.00 Paper (978-0-8570-2117-5) 34.99

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH IN BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT


Second Edition
Michael D Myers University of Auckland, New Zealand Qualitative Research in Business and Management is designed to help qualitative researchers with all aspects of their research project from start to finish.
March 2013 320 pages Cloth (978-0-8570-2973-7) 75.00 Paper (978-0-8570-2974-4) 26.99

CLASSROOM-BASED RESEARCH AND EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE


An Introduction
Second Edition
Keith Taber University of Cambridge Drawing on a variety of relevant examples, this book demonstrates each stage of the research process - including formulating research questions, selecting data collection techniques and deciding on approaches to data analysis - and usefully integrates each stage. The new edition includes: an expanded treatment of data analysis new discrete chapters looking at ethical issues and at how teachers can research their own classrooms through the use of case studies discussion of research carried out by trainee teachers.

RESEARCH METHODS AND METHODOLOGIES IN EDUCATION


Edited by James Arthur Birmingham University, Michael Waring University of Loughborough, Robert Coe University of Durham and Larr y V Hedges Northwestern University A core textbook for students that introduces a range of educational research methods and techniques they will need to carry out independent research.
March 2012 456 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-038-3) 75.00 Paper (978-0-85702-039-0) 26.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: LEARNING ABOUT EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH / The Professional Teacher and Educational Research / What Is This Thing Called Educational Research? / How Do Educational Researchers Think about Their Research? / What Strategies Do Educational Researchers Use? / How Can Teachers Research Their Own Classrooms? / PART TWO: LEARNING FROM EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH / Teachers Evaluating Research Quality / Teachers Evaluating Research Relevance / PART THREE: LEARNING THROUGH EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH / Teachers Planning Research / Teachers Prioritizing the Ethical Imperative in Classroom Research / Teachers Collecting Evidence through Research / Teachers Interrogating the Evidence from Classroom Studies / Teachers Making the Case through Reporting Research

READERSHIP
Students, researchers, teachers and trainee teachers interested in doing research in the classroom
May 2013 392 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0921-9) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0922-6) 25.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

61

Methods for Education

DOING RESEARCH WITH CHILDREN


A Practical Guide
Third Edition
Anne D Greig University of Strathclyde, Jayne Taylor West Hertfordshire Primary Care Trust and Tommy MacKay Psychology Consultancy Services and University of Strathclyde Child Psychologist The Third Edition is a practical introduction to the process of designing, doing and writing up research with children and young people. At the centre, is a commitment to engaging with children and young people as active research participants rather than as passive subjects. In this new edition, you will find up-to-date information on the fast-changing political and ethical debates around research with children and young people as well as guidance on how to carry out research yourself. The new edition covers: the main theories and approaches in doing research with children expanded guidance on research ethics techniques for conducting both qualitative and quantitative research more on analyzing your research a brand new chapter on communicating your research findings.

SCHOOL-BASED RESEARCH
A Guide for Education Students
Second Edition
Edited by Elaine Wilson University of Cambridge Focused on the needs of the new classroom researcher, and those studying at masters-level on education degree courses, School-based Research is a thorough and thoughtful guide to the research process. This Second Edition has been updated to provide further coverage on the best ways to approach, construct and carry out educational research within the classroom. New to this edition: a new chapter exploring how small-scale research can be undertaken with younger pupils in order to inform, understand and develop better classroom practices coverage of action research is now split across two chapters, exploring a range of approaches, including guidance on how to apply mixed methods approaches to schools-based action research greater coverage of ethics, exploring key issues that need to be taken into consideration for school-based research projects.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THE SPECIAL NATURE OF CHILDREN IN RESEARCH: THEORIES AND APPROACHES / Introduction to Research and Children: A Special Relationship / Theory for Research and Practice with Children and Young People / Theoretical Frameworks / PART TWO: DOING RESEARCH WITH CHILDREN: REVIEWING, DESIGNING AND CONDUCTING RESEARCH WITH CHILDREN / Evaluating Research with Children / Designing and Doing Research with Children and Young People: The Importance of Questions / Quantitative Research with Children and Young People: Key Concepts / Quantitative Research with Children and Young People: Data Collection / Designing and Doing Qualitative Research with Children and Young People / Ethics of Doing Research with Children / Communicating Research / Themes and Perspectives

CONTENTS
PART ONE: Using Existing Research to Understand and Plan School Based Research / Becoming a Reflexive Teacher / Refining the Focus for Research and Formulating a Research Question / Reviewing the Literature and Writing a Literature Review / Research with Younger Children: Issues and Approaches / PART TWO: CARRYING OUT AND REPORTING ON CLASSROOM-BASED RESEARCH / Research Design / Ethics in Educational Research / Data Collection / Handling Data / Reliability and Validity in Qualitative Research by Teacher Researchers / Analysing Qualitative Data / Taking a Quantitative Approach / Analysing Quantitative Data / Writing about Your Research / PART THREE: METHODOLOGIES / What is Educational Action Research? / How to do Action Research / The Case Study / Building Theory from Data: Grounded Theory / PART FOUR: PARADIGMS / Beyond Positivism: 'Scientific' Research into Education / Interpretivism: Meeting Our Selves in Research

READERSHIP
Students and practitioners engaged in research with children and young people
November 2012 304 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-885-3) 75.00 Paper (978-0-85702-886-0) 24.99

READERSHIP
Students on education degree programmes featuring a research methods component, including PGCE, MEd and professional development courses
December 2012 376 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4748-8) 65.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4749-5) 20.99

USING STATISTICS TO MAKE EDUCATIONAL DECISIONS


David Tanner California State University, Fresno An accessible introduction to statistics written specifically for Education students in the changing educational landscape.
2011 552 pages Paper (978-1-4129-6977-2) 58.00

EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH
Quantitative, Qualitative, and Mixed Approaches
Fourth Edition
Burke Johnson and Larry Christensen both at University of South Alabama Using this textbook, students will develop: an understanding of the multiple research methods and strategies used in education and related fields; the ability to read and critically evaluate published research; and the ability to write a proposal, construct a questionnaire and conduct an empirical research study on their own.
2011 648 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-7828-6) 74.00

62

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Methods for Education

ACTION RESEARCH IN EDUCATION


Mary McAteer Edge Hill University This hands-on and user-friendly book uses illustrative case studies to demonstrate and explore the potential for change in real social situations. At a time when the term 'action research' is widely misused, and often reduced to a form of low-level evaluation of imposed educational initiatives, this book seeks to assert the academic integrity of action research, and to de-mystify the process. Each chapter includes: a 'how to' section based on concrete examples and dilemmas commentary that relates examples to the broader field a discussion of the underlying theoretical approach quality issues discussion of both ethical and pragmatic decision making.

USING CASE STUDY IN EDUCATION RESEARCH


Lorna Hamilton University of Edinburgh and Connie Corbett-Whittier Friends University, Topeka, Kansas This book provides an accessible introduction to using case studies. It makes sense of literature in this area, and shows how to generate collaborations and communicate findings. The authors bring together the practical and the theoretical, enabling readers to build expertise on the principles and practice of case study research, as well as engaging with possible theoretical frameworks. They also highlight the place of case study as a key component of educational research. With the help of this book, M-Level students, teacher educators and practitioner researchers will gain the confidence and skills needed to design and conduct a high quality case study.

CONTENTS
Getting to Know Action Research / What Is This Thing Called Action Research? / Getting to Grips with Perspectives and Models / Doing Action Research / Getting Started on an Action Research Project / Collecting, Collating and Conversing with Data / Dealing with the Literature / Using Data: Making Sense and Making Claims / Writing Up an Action Research Project / Sharing Action Research / Conclusion: Sharing and Promoting Action Research

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THE CASE STUDY APPROACH TO EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH / Defining Case Study in Education Research / Ideas as the Foundation for Case Study / PART TWO: CHOOSING THE CASE STUDY ROUTE / Key Purposes / Key Decisions / Ethics and Issues / PART THREE: DOING A CASE STUDY / Carrying out Your Study / A Practitioner Perspective / Approaches to Data Analysis / Using Technology to Manage and Analyze Your Data / PART FOUR: DISSEMINATING AND DEFENDING CASE STUDY APPROACH / Finding Your Voice / Quality and Communication / PART FIVE: COMMUNITY AND NETWORKING / Collaboration / Community-Building

READERSHIP
M-Level students in education BERA/SAGE RESEARCH METHODS IN EDUCATION

READERSHIP
M-Level students, teacher educators and emerging practitioner researchers BERA/SAGE RESEARCH METHODS IN EDUCATION
November 2012 232 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0816-8) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0817-5) 19.99

March 2013 192 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4105-9) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4106-6) 19.99

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH IN EDUCATION


Liz Atkins University of Huddersfield and Susan Wallace Nottingham Trent University This book provides comprehensive coverage of issues and debates in qualitative research applied to a purely educational context.
BERA/SAGE RESEARCH METHODS IN EDUCATION
July 2012 272 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0806-9) 65.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0807-6) 21.99

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH IN EDUCATION


A User's Guide
Third Edition
Marilyn Lichtman Virginia Tech This textbook provides readers with a blend of practical and theoretical information, using real-world examples and illustrations to help users grasp abstract ideas and apply them to their research.
March 2012 368 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9532-0) 31.99

ETHNOGRAPHY IN EDUCATION
David Mills University of Oxford and Missy Morton University of Canterbury, New Zealand Ethnography in Education is an accessible guidebook to the different approaches taken by ethnographers studying education. Drawing on their own experience of teaching and using these methods, the authors help you cultivate an 'ethnographic imagination' in your own research and writing. With extended examples of ethnographic analysis, the book introduces:

ethnographic 'classics' the best existing textbooks debates about new approaches and innovations.

CONTENTS
Introduction: Schooling the Imagination / Reading Ethnography, Writing Ethnography / Ethnography by Design, Ethnography by Accident / Into the Field? Relationships, Reciprocities and Responsibilities / Being, Seeing or Writing? The Role of Fieldnotes / New Times, New Ethnographies / What Do I Do Now? Making Ethnographic Meaning / The Last Goodbye? Leaving the Field / Writing again: Communicating Ethnographic Insights / Ethnography for Everyday / Conclusion: Unlearning and Re-Learning

READERSHIP
Postgraduate students in education and related disciplines BERA/SAGE RESEARCH METHODS IN EDUCATION
March 2013 192 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0326-2) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0327-9) 19.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

63

Methods for Education

ACTION RESEARCH IN EDUCATION


Learning Through Practitioner Enquiry
Second Edition
Vivienne Baumfield Glasgow University, Elaine Hall University of Newcastle upon Tyne and Kate Wall Durham University This exciting new edition of a popular text is an important resource for any education professional interested in investigating learning and teaching. Building on the success of Action Research in the Classroom, the authors have revised, updated and extended this book to include examples from further and higher education. This book will help teachers to: understand and apply practitioner inquiry enhance their problem-solving skills locate their own activity in a wider context maximize opportunities to develop practice evaluate the needs of their learners.

RESEARCH WITH CHILDREN


Theory and Practice
Michelle O'Reilly University of Leicester, Pablo Ronzoni and Nisha Dogra University of Leicester Thought-provoking, per tinent and engaging, this new book provides an overview of the process of doing research with children. It is unique in its particular focus on vulnerable groups of children, such as those with mental health problems, physical health problems and learning disabilities, along with young offenders and looked-after children. Part One introduces the main elements of doing research with children, including the process of getting ethical approval for sensitive research topics Part Two guides the reader through the initial stages of the research project, including recruitment issues and communicating with gatekeepers Part Three outlines the data collection, data analysis, writing up and dissemination stages of research and covers both quantitative and qualitative methods.

CONTENTS
Introducing Practitioner Enquiry / Ways of Being a Practitioner Enquirer: Beliefs, Ethics and Practice / How to Do a Practitioner Enquiry: Finding and Refining a Question / How to Do a Practitioner Enquiry: Deciding on an Approach and Complementary Methods / Taking Account of Learner Perspectives in Your Enquiry / Exploring Your Own and Your Colleagues' Professional Knowledge / Engaging with the Views of Families and the Wider Community / Making Sense of It, Making Connections and Bringing It Together / Sharing Your Findings, Finding New Questions

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PRELIMINARY ISSUES / Cultural and Diversity Issues / Ethics in Child Research / Children's Capacity to Make Decisions / PART TWO: STARTING A RESEARCH PROJECT WITH CHILDREN / Planning to Do Research with Children / Getting Started in Research with Children / Children with Specific Characteristics / Recruiting Children and Families: Communicating with Gatekeepers, Parents and Children / PART THREE: PRACTICAL ISSUES / Choosing a Method for Your Research / Quantitative Methods of Data Collection and Analysis / Qualitative Methods of Data Collection and Analysis / Writing-Up and Dissemination

READERSHIP
Education students and practising teachers
December 2012 184 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0719-2) 70.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0720-8) 23.99

READERSHIP
Students of educational research, as well as academics and professionals working with, or doing research with, children
February 2013 272 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0848-9) 70.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0849-6) 23.99

CONDUCTING POLICY ACTION RESEARCH IN EDUCATION


Oscar Jimenez-Castellanos and Ruben W Espinosa Conducting Policy Action Research in Education is the first book to merge policy research and action research into a much needed combined methodology: policy action research. The authors have expertly organized the layout, evenly distributing its focus on both theory and the policy process. The book provides students with three necessary components for carrying out a research project using this approach: an innovative theoretical framework for policy action research; a step-by-step guide to the process of conducting research using this framework; and case studies that illustrate the complexity and flexibility of the approach.
December 2013 384 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8768-4) 31.99

SUCCESS WITH YOUR EDUCATION RESEARCH PROJECT


Second Edition
John Sharp Bishop Grosseteste University College A new edition of this key text on research methods for all undergraduate education students.
STUDY SKILLS IN EDUCATION SERIES
May 2012 152 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5675-6) 60.00 Paper (978-0-8572-5947-9) 16.99

64

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Methods for Education

A BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO DOING YOUR EDUCATION RESEARCH PROJECT


Mike Lambert University of Wolverhampton Mike Lambert's book is a useful source of information, helping to create and shape your research methods project. The book contains detailed chapters with easy to follow guidelines, tips and suggestions ensuring help at every step of the way from start to finish Alexander Miesen, student, Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences In this basic guide, step-by-step advice is presented in a clear way and chapters take the reader through the entire process, from planning and doing research, to writing it up. Features in the text include: explanations of key research terms activities (with answers) progress sheets case studies.

RESEARCH IN EARLY CHILDHOOD


Andrea Nolan University of Melbourne, Kym Macfarlane and Jennifer Cartmel Griffith University In this innovative guide to research in early childhood, the research process is presented as a journey and this book is the road map. The authors take the reader step by step through the practical considerations and complexities of undertaking research with young children and feature the real-world research journeys of two student researchers. Their authentic stories describe the emotions, challenges and moments of exhilaration involved in completing a research project. The book gives guidance on all aspects of the research process, including: selecting a topic ethical considerations collecting the data analyzing the data disseminating the findings.

CONTENTS
Why Become Involved in Research in Early Childhood? / Orientation: 'It's Like Another Language' / Exploring and Theorizing Paradigms and Perspectives / Beginning the Research Journey: Determining Your Point of Departure / Knowing What Has Gone before: Reviewing the Literature / Guiding the Research Journey: Ethical Considerations / Moving along Well-Worn Methodological Pathways / Venturing into New Territories / Checking Your Bearings: Issues of Validity, Reliability and Robustness / Collecting, Managing and Analyzing Data: 'I'm Drowning in a Sea of Data' / The Personal Journey / Drawing the Journey to a Close: Dissemination of the Findings / Spotting the Next Opportunity: Research Pathways from Here

CONTENTS
Research: Important Or Just Interesting? / Research And You / Education: A Research-based Profession? / Why This Book? / Structures And Contents / Features / Time To Start / PART ONE: LEARNING ABOUT RESEARCH / Research, 'Paradigms' and Ethics / The Process of Doing Research / Learning from Other Research / PART TWO: DOING RESEARCH / Choosing Your Topic / Research Questions / Literature Review / Choosing Your Methods / Designing Research Instruments / Validity, Reliability and Ethical Approval / Carrying out Your Investigation / PART THREE: ANALYZING AND WRITING UP / Analyzing Data and Producing Your Findings / Writing up Your Project

READERSHIP
Students of early childhood and early years completing a research project or writing a thesis or dissertation
May 2013 240 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-253-0) 65.00 Paper (978-0-85702-254-7) 22.99

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students undertaking their first ever research project, postgraduates pursuing masters awards and teachers and others in education carrying out action research
September 2012 248 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-980-5) 60.00 Paper (978-0-85702-981-2) 18.99

DOING YOUR EARLY YEARS RESEARCH PROJECT


A Step by Step Guide
Second Edition
Guy Roberts-Holmes University of London Demonstrating how to organise and structure projects and interpret findings, this Second Edition continues to be the resource for those doing a research project in early years education.
2011 232 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-519-1) 67.00 Paper (978-1-84920-520-7) 23.99

RESEARCH METHODS IN EARLY CHILDHOOD


An Introductory Guide
Penny Mukherji and Deborah Albon London Metropolitan University This highly engaging and easy-to-read introductory text is tailored to meet the needs of early childhood students. It includes practical examples of research with and about young children and babies, and encourages the reader to take an interactive approach.
2009 288 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-523-5) 74.00 Paper (978-1-84787-524-2) 23.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

65

Methods for Education

RESEARCHING EDUCATION IN THE LIFELONG LEARNING SECTOR


Susan Wallace Nottingham Trent University Research is an essential component of professional practice in the lifelong learning sector. Whether it be action research, research in a specialist subject or a more formal empirical study, research can improve the quality of teaching and learning and enhance professional development. This text is specifically written for those teaching or training to teach in the lifelong learning sector. It gives practical advice and guidance on how to carry out research in the sector. Examples and real-life scenarios from the sector are included throughout, enabling the reader to understand research in the context of their teaching.

CONTENTS
Why Do It? How Doing Research Can Support Teaching and Learning / Research Ethics and How We Apply Them in the LLS / Identifying a Topic and Planning Your Project / Looking in the Mirror: Action Research as Reflective Practice / Getting on the Case: Case Studies and Insider Research / Questions and Answers: Questionnaires and Focus Groups / Watching and Listening: Observations and Interviews / Paper Chase: Exploring Policies and Other Documents / What Does It All Mean? Analysing Your Findings / Sharing Your Findings: Writing up a Project or Making a Presentation

READERSHIP
All trainee teachers in the Lifelong Learning Sector on the PGCE, CertEd and DTLLS ACHIEVING QTLS SERIES
May 2013 176 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5918-4) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5919-1) 19.99

RESEARCH METHODS IN EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT


Third Edition
Edited by Ann R J Briggs Newcastle University, Marianne Coleman Institute of Education, University of London and Marlene Morrison Oxford Brookes University This classic guide continues to be the leading research methods text that specifically deals with educational leadership and management. The collection boasts an array of high profile international expert contributors, covering a wide range of specialisms, emphasising the importance of the critically engaged practitioner. This edition has been fully revised and updated to take full account of online research. It features new authors, more case studies and examples, and brand new chapters on: research design discourse analysis grounded research narrative / life history ethnography student voice.

RESEARCHING EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT


Methods and Approaches
Mark Brundrett Liverpool John Moores University and Christopher Rhodes University of Birmingham Carrying out leadership research in educational establishments can be challenging, but it is also rewarding. This accessible book offers sound practical advice and a clear conceptual framework for this research. Drawing on their extensive expertise, the authors show you how to prepare to carry out research, design research tools, and report and reflect on the results. Students using the book are supported by features such as: key learning objectives in each chapter figures, rich case studies and vignettes to ser ve as real-world examples explanation of key terms and questions further reading and key Web links for each chapter.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PREPARING TO CARRY OUT RESEARCH ON EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP / Introduction - Key issues in research on Educational Leadership / Theories of Educational Research / Ensuring Reliability, Validity or 'Truthfulness' in Research / Reviewing Existing Ideas to Develop a Conceptual Framework / PART TWO: DESIGNING AND USING RESEARCH TOOLS FOR EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP RESEARCH / Developing a Sample / Questionnaire Research / Interviews and Focus Groups / Using Observation / Documentary Analysis / Action Research and Practitioner Inquiry / PART THREE: ANALYSING DATA AND REPORTING THE FINDINGS OF RESEARCH IN EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS / Analysing Quantitative Data / Analysing Qualitative Data / The Uses of Leadership Research / Conclusions: Writing Reports and Making Sense of Outcomes

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THE CONCEPT OF RESEARCH / Understanding Methodology / Taking a Critical Stance in Research / The Role of Culture in Interpreting and Conducting Research / Reviewing Educational Literature / Authenticity in Research: Reliability, Validity and Triangulation / The Ethical Framework of Research Practice / PART TWO: APPROACHES TO RESEARCH / Research Design: Frameworks, Strategies, Methods and Technologies / Mixed Methods Research / Surveys and Sampling / Case Studies / Practitioner Research / Grounded Theory Research / Ethnography / Narrative and Life History / Learner Voice in Educational Leadership Research / PART THREE: RESEARCH TOOLS / Interviews / Developing and Using Questionnaires / Making Use of Existing Data / Documents and Documentary Analysis / Discourse Analysis / Reflection as Research: Using Diaries and Blogs / PART FOUR: ANALYSING AND PRESENTING DATA / Quantitative Data Analysis: Using SPSS / Advanced Quantitative Data Analysis / Qualitative Data Analysis: Using NVivo / Academic Writing

READERSHIP
Master's-level students who wish to research a wide range of issues connected with the operation of schools and institutions of further and higher education
November 2013 240 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-830-3) 70.00 Paper (978-0-85702-831-0) 23.99

READERSHIP
Students on masters-level and professional doctorate courses in educational leadership and management
April 2012 448 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0043-8) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0044-5) 26.99

66

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Methods for Education / Study Skills

METHODS OF FAMILY RESEARCH


Third Edition
Theodore N Greenstein North Carolina State University and Shannon N Davis George Mason University In this book, the authors teach students how to understand the research results they will encounter, equipping them with the essentials they will need to become intelligent and critical readers of research on families, whether in their work or in everyday life. In focusing on techniques that enable students to better interpret and comprehend scientific findings, the book addresses such essential questions as: Why do research on families? What are the stages of social research? What are the benefits of well-conducted research? How is research analyzed? How are literature searches and reviews conducted? How is the Internet best used in research? Students at all levels will come away from this book equipped to critically read, understand and evaluate research on the family.

HUMANIZING RESEARCH
Decolonizing Qualitative Inquiry With Youth and Communities
Edited by Django Paris Michigan State University and Maisha T Winn The University of Wisconsin-Madison Diversity is inevitable in researching minority, indigenous and marginalized populations. In this collection, editors Django Paris and Maisha T Winn have selected essays written by top scholars in education on humanizing approaches to qualitative and ethnographic inquiry with youth and their communities. Vignettes, portraits, narratives, personal and collaborative explorations, photographs and additional data excerpts bring the findings to life for a better understanding of how to use research for positive social change.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: TRUST, FEELING, AND CHANGE: WHAT WE LEARN, WHAT WE SHARE, WHAT WE DO / PART TWO: NAVIGATING INSTITUTIONS AND COMMUNITIES AS PARTICIPATORY ACTIVIST RESEARCHERS: TENSIONS, POSSIBILITIES, AND TRANSFORMATIONS / PART THREE: THE COMPLEX NATURE OF POWER, RELATIONSHIPS, AND RESPONSIBILITIES / PART FOUR: REVISITING OLD CONVERSATIONS TOWARD NEW APPROACHES IN HUMANIZING RESEARCH
April 2013 288 pages Paper (978-1-4522-2539-5) 38.99

CONTENTS
Why Do Research on Families? / Causal Inference in Family Research / Searching and Reading the Literature / Sampling Issues / How Do We Measure Concepts? / Working With Scales and Indices / Studying Families: Quantitative Methods / Studying Families: Qualitative Methods / Studying Families: Mixed Methods / Using Other Peoples Data / Analyzing Data on Families / Advanced Topics in Family Analysis / Evaluating Family Programs / The Ethics and Politics of Family Research
September 2012 224 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9283-1) 35.99

THE STUDY SKILLS TOOLKIT FOR STUDENTS WITH DYSLEXIA


Monica Gribben Edinburgh Napier University Packed with helpful advice, checklists and templates this book will help you improve your study skills throughout your time at university. Written in a straightforward, no nonsense style the guidance can be broken down into manageable chunks. Issues covered include: procrastination planning your assignment understanding your essay question researching, writing and referencing your written work managing your own well-being. Drawing on years of experience running study skills workshops in higher education Monica Gribben has written an accessible book for students with dyslexia that shows how to work through the challenges that studying presents. The companion website www.sagepub.co.uk/gribben has podcasts, worksheets and electronic resources to support each chapter.

ACADEMIC WRITING AND GRAMMAR FOR STUDENTS


Alex Osmond Brunel University This handy guide shows students how to use academic English grammar and punctuation. The author identifies common grammar mistakes and how to avoid them, making extensive use of examples and advice from tutors from a range of subjects. This valuable book enables readers to immediately improve their work at university. Inside, you will find practical advice on: common mistakes punctuation conciseness proofreading referencing

CONTENTS
The Aims of This Book and How to Use It / Basic Conventions Of Academic Writing / Basic Grammatical Concepts / Putting Sentences Together / Putting Paragraphs Together / Critical Thinking And Referencing / Conciseness And Clarity / Common Mistakes and How to Deal with Them / Proofreading Effectively

CONTENTS
Stepping Out in to University with Dyslexia / Procrastination / Note-Taking / Understanding Your Assignment / Gathering Information / Thinking Critically / Writing Your Assignment / Writing Your Dissertation / Referencing / Exams / Oral Presentations / Making the Most of Your Feedback

READERSHIP
All undergraduate students SAGE STUDY SKILLS SERIES
April 2013 224 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-1090-1) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-1091-8) 18.99

READERSHIP
Any student with dyslexia studying in higher education
October 2012 208 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-931-7) 65.00 Paper (978-0-85702-932-4_ 22.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

67

Methods for Nursing, Health & Social Work

DESIGNING AND MANAGING PROGRAMS


An Effectiveness-Based Approach
Fourth Edition
Peter M Kettner, Robert M Moroney both Professor Emeritus, Arizona State University and Lawrence L Martin University of Central Florida Designing and Managing Programs, Fourth Editio n, is an updated version of the classic book on program planning, design and implementation. This new edition is written in a deliberate manner designed to help students logically follow the program planning process. Students will learn to track one phase to the next, resulting in a solid understanding of the issues of internal consistency and planning integrity. The book's format guides students from problem analysis through evaluation, enabling them to apply these concepts to their own program plans.

RESEARCHING HEALTH
Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods
Second Edition
Edited by Mike Saks University Campus Suffolk and Judith Allsop University of Lincoln Researching Health, Second Edition covers everything that a student or new researcher will need when starting to conduct research across a range of health-care settings. The chapters guide the reader through each specific qualitative, quantitative and mixed method, and show how these work in practice. In this new edition, the authors place particular focus on the critical appraisal of research, asking how we can trust the validity of findings and use the research of others effectively. Now split into five parts to cover all the essential research methods approaches, this book provides your students with all the information they need to succeed in their own research in a range of healthcare settings. Fully updated with contemporary examples and references, it now includes: an explanation of each method by a leading researcher and expert in that approach to help guide students through each specific method, and show how these work in practice a greater emphasis on mixed methods, critical appraisal and research ethics to inform students of how to conduct their own practice and research as well as to use others research effectively a dedicated companion website, case studies, exercises and further reading to support students continued learning.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: ASSESSING CURRENT PRACTICES / Contemporary Issues in Social Service Program Planning and Administration / PART TWO: PROBLEM ANALYSIS/NEEDS ASSESSMENT / The Contribution of Theory to Program Planning / Understanding Social Problems / Needs Assessment: Theoretical Considerations / Needs Assessment: Approaches to Measurement / PART THREE: PLANNING, DESIGNING AND TRACKING THE INTERVENTION / / Selecting the Appropriate Intervention Strategy / Setting Goals and Objectives / Designing Effective Programs / Using Management Information / PART FOUR: CALCULATING THE VALUE AND COST OF THE INTERVENTION / Performance Measurement, Monitoring, and Program Evaluation / Impact Program Evaluation and Hypothesis Testing / Budgeting for Financial Control, Management, and Planning / Developing Line-Item, Functional, and Program Budgeting Systems / Afterword: Implementing Effectiveness-Based Program Planning: Practical Implications SAGE SOURCEBOOKS FOR THE HUMAN SERVICES
May 2012 344 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9516-0) 30.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: CONDUCTING HEALTH RESEARCH / Introduction: The Context for Researching Health / The Scope of Health Research / Competing Health Paradigms and Research Design / Doing a Literature Review on Health / PART TWO: QUALITATIVE METHODS AND HEALTH / Using Documents in Health Research / Unstructured Interviews and Health Research / Participant Observation in Health Research / The Use of Focus Groups in Research into Health / Action Research and Health / PART THREE: QUANTITATIVE METHODS AND HEALTH / Health Research Sampling Methods / Quantitative Survey Methods in Health Research / Statistical Methods for Health Data Analysis / Randomized Controlled Trials / Experimental Methods in Health Research / The Use of Economics in Health Research / PART FOUR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN RESEARCHING HEALTH / Governance and Ethics in Health Research / Researching Orthodox and Complementary and Alternative Medicine / Researching the Health of Ethnic Minority Groups / Gender and Health Research / Public Health Research / Involving the User in Health Research / Comparative Health Research / PART FIVE: APPLYING HEALTH RESEARCH / Mixed Methods and Multidisciplinary Research in Health Care / Writing up Health Research / Using and Disseminating Health Research

UNDERSTANDING SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH


Second Edition
Hugh McLaughlin Manchester Metropolitan University This book introduces students to research and gives them a broad understanding of its relevance to social work, to equip them with the knowledge required for their studies and practice. This Second Edition includes a new introduction and a greater focus on web resources for research.
December 2011 232 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-871-6) 72.00 Paper (978-0-85702-872-3) 24.99

READERSHIP
Upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students of healthcare, academics, practitioners and researchers
November 2012 504 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5226-0) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5227-7) 28.99

QUALITATIVE AND MIXED METHODS IN PUBLIC HEALTH


Deborah K Padgett New York University, Italy Designed to meet the needs of public health students, practitioners and researchers, this Second Edition offers a firm grounding in qualitative and mixed methods, including their social science roots and public health applications.
2011 312 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9033-2) 43.99

68

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Methods for Nursing, Health & Social Work

STATISTICS FOR THE HEALTH SCIENCES


A Non-Mathematical Introduction
Christine Dancey University of East London, John Reidy Sheffield Hallam University and Richard Rowe University of Sheffield Christine Dancey and John Reidy are very well known for the bestselling textbook Statistics Without Maths for Psychology and have applied the same principles here to the health sciences market, where they are far more established as researchers. Perfect for undergraduate students studying introductory and intermediate level statistics across the health sciences.
March 2012 584 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-335-7) 90.00 Paper (978-1-84920-336-4) 37.99

QUALITATIVE METHODS FOR HEALTH RESEARCH


Third Edition
Judith Green and Nicki Thorogood both at London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The Third Edition of this bestselling introduction to health research is packed full of real-world advice for researchers and students. It is an invaluable introduction to the theoretical and practical essentials needed to design, conduct and appraise qualitative research regardless of the level of experience. The book highlights core research skills, taking the reader through the key debates in qualitative methodology. It sets out a logical, easy-to-follow path through the entire research process including the key methods for collecting and analyzing qualitative data. At every stage, theory is supported by practical examples and case studies ensuring students in the fields of public health, health services research, nursing and health promotion will find it engaging and relevant. Clear, thorough and articulate, this is an authoritative introduction to qualitative research for all health professionals and students.

EVIDENCE-BASED PUBLIC HEALTH PRACTICE


Arlene Fink University of California at Los Angeles Focussing on online research, this text shows readers how to access and interpret public health data.
March 2012 328 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9744-7) 25.99

AN INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH SERVICES RESEARCH


A Practical Guide
Edited by Dawn-Marie Walker Nottingham University This is a pragmatic, step-by-step guide to conducting effective health-related research. Presented in an easy, digestible style, it mirrors the structure of a research project, taking you all the way through designing and conducting your study right up to analysing your findings and disseminating your research. Key topics under discussion include: formulating the right question selecting effective methodologies creating a research budget obtaining funding for a project understanding permissions and copyright in modern research effective inclusion of patients and the public in research. Written by a team of experienced researchers, and packed full of case studies and practical tips, this excellent title builds on their collective wisdom to provide a savvy, focused book that addresses common research challenges as they are encountered in the real world.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PRINCIPLES AND APPROACHES IN QUALITATIVE HEALTH RESEARCH / Qualitative Methodology and Health Research / Developing Qualitative Research Designs / Responsibilities, Ethics and Values / PART TWO: GENERATING AND ANALYSING DATA / In-Depth Interviews / Group Interviews / Ethnographic Methods / Using Documentary Sources / Managing Data and Descriptive Analysis / Approaches to Qualitative Analysis / PART THREE: QUALITATIVE METHODS IN CONTEXT / Mixed Method and Multi-Disciplinary Research / Critically Reading and Reviewing the Literature / Writing up Qualitative Work INTRODUCING QUALITATIVE METHODS SERIES
November 2013 384 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5308-3) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5309-0) 25.99

PUBLIC HEALTH RESEARCH METHODS


Edited by Greg Guest Social Research Solutions

CONTENTS
Introduction to Public Health Research Methods / Research Ethics and Working with IRBs / Stakeholder and Community Engagement / Working and Collaborating among Organizations / Outbreak Investigation / Public Health Surveillance and Research: From Data to Action / Cohort and Case Control Studies / Planning and Conducting Randomized Controlled Trials / Using Secondary Data / Health Economics / Health Services Research / Survey Design and Implementation / Scale Development / Social Network Analysis / Qualitative Research Methods / Randomized Controlled Trials for Psychosocial Interventions / Sampling: The Foundation of Good Research / Statistical Methods in Public Health / Mixed Methods in Public Health / Geographic Information Systems (GIS) / Monitoring and Evaluation / Public Health 2.0 / Enhancing Research Utilization / How Research Becomes Policy (or Not) / Implementation Science: Identifying the Path from Innovation to Impact
December 2013 704 pages Cloth (978-1-4522-4133-3) 53.00

CONTENTS
Asking the Right Question / Finding the Evidence to Support your Research Question / Critical Appraisal / Developing an Effective Research Proposal / Budget and Funding / General Methodologies / Quantitative Methodology / Qualitative Methodology / Mixed Methods / Specific Methodologies / Health Economics / Epidemiology / Clinical Trials / Surveys / The Internet as a Research Medium / Systematic Reviews / Conducting Valid and Ethical Research / Ethics & Informed Consent / Public Patient Involvement / Sampling / Recruitment and Retention / Analysis and Dissemination / Quantitative Analysis / Qualitative Analysis / Dissemination
November 2013 320 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4738-9) 80.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4739-6) 28.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

69

Methods for Nursing, Health & Social Work

DOING A RESEARCH PROJECT IN NURSING AND MIDWIFERY


A Basic Guide to Research Using the Literature Review Methodology
Carroll Siu University of Brighton (former) and Huguette Comerasamy University of Brighton Due to ethical issues surrounding data collection in the field of healthcare, students are no longer able to undertake their own empirical research. This book is written for nursing and midwifery students completing a research project based on reviewing published literature and using secondary data. It demystifies the concept of literature review methodology and supports students writing up their dissertation, thesis or work-based learning project. The book provides step-by-step guidance on: identifying a research problem qualitative and quantitative research design ethical considerations analysis of secondary data writing your dissertation. Through its discussion of non-empirical methods, the book also prepares students for future empirical research by providing examples of best practice in healthcare research.

NURSING RESEARCH
An Introduction
Second Edition
Pam Moule University of the West of England and Margaret Goodman previously at University of Coventry Easy to use, understand and put into practice, this book will answer all your questions on the nursing research process. Useful for both student nurses looking for a way into the subject or registered nurses undertaking research, the authors guide you through all the skills and techniques that are necessary to successfully understand and complete research. In this new edition, there are four exciting new chapters on: action research questionnaire and survey design i nterviews o bservations. The authors take the time to talk about how to read and review other people's research as well as how to think critically about your own research and practice.

CONTENTS
Research in Nursing / Sources of Nursing Knowledge / The Research Process / Research Ethics and Governance / Researching Ethically / Developing Research Questions / Literature Searching / Critical Appraisal / Literature Reviewing / Writing a Research Proposal / Research Approaches and Design / Rigour in Research / Experimental Research / Qualitative Research Approaches / Evaluation and Outcomes-Based Research / Consensus Methods / Action Research / Other Research Designs / Systematic Literature Reviews / Sampling Techniques / Mixed Methods / Questionnaires and Survey Design / Interviews / Observations / Other Methods of Data Collection / Quantitative Data Analysis Techniques / Qualitative Data Analysis Techniques / Presenting and Disseminating Research / Using Research in Practice
November 2013 496 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4098-4) 70.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4099-1) 23.99

CONTENTS
Introduction to Research Concepts and Terminologies / Identifying the Research Problem / Research Design: Comprehensive Review as a Research Methodology / Collecting Data by Searching and Sampling the Literature and Other Secondary Data Sources / Ethical Consideration When Critiquing Literature Based Data / Analysis and Synthesis of Literature Based Data / Presentation and Discussion of Findings / Writing Your Research Report

READERSHIP
Undergraduate and postgraduate students doing a nursing or midwifery research project
February 2013 192 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-747-4) 60.00 Paper (978-0-85702-748-1) 19.99

SUCCESSFUL RESEARCH PROJECTS IN HEALTH AND SOCIAL CARE


Katrina Bannigan York St John University This book starts by clearly explaining how youll be assessed, through dissertation, poster or presentation. It then walks you step-by-step through the process of completing a successful research project, using real-life undergraduate projects as example. No matter what type of project youre planning, youll find what you need as the book caters for those doing: primary research, whether it be qualitative, quantitative, or mixed methods literature reviewing, both traditional and systematic evaluation projects including clinical audits, enterprise, evaluation, innovation or service improvement.

THE PRACTICE OF RESEARCH IN SOCIALWORK


Third Edition
Rafael J Engel University of Pittsburgh, USA and Russell K Schutt University of Massachusetts Boston Designed to help students develop skills in evaluating research and conducting studies, the Third Edition of this popular text, The Practice of Research in Social Work , makes principles of evidencebased practice come alive through illustrations of actual social work research.
April 2012 504 pages Paper (978-1-4522-2546-3) 52.00

CONTENTS
You Need to Know about IMRAD to be Successful / What a Dissertation Looks Like: the IMRAD structure / Introduction: Key Considerations / The Literature Review / Methodology/ Ethics and Research Governance/ Results / Discussion / Being Successful Using IMRAD / Secondary Research: Traditional Literature Reviews / Secondary Research: Traditional Literature Reviews / Primary Research: Quantitative Projects / Primary Research: Qualitative Projects / Primary Research: Mixed Methods Projects / Evaluation/ Enterprise Projects / Your Dissertation Workbook (Learning by Doing) / Your Project Journal / Publishing Your Successful Project / Presentation of Project Reports / Disseminating Your Work

READERSHIP
All students undertaking a final year project in health and social care
November 2013 240 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-6782-0) 65.00 Paper (978-1-4462-6783-7) 21.99

70

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Methods for Nursing, Health & Social Work

DOING A LITERATURE REVIEW IN NURSING, HEALTH AND SOCIALCARE


Michael Coughlan, Frances Ryan and Patricia Cronin all at Trinity College Dublin How do I start my literature review? What sources can I go to for information? How do I analyze the work of others? This clear, practical book guides readers undertaking their own literature review through the process, giving them the skills and knowledge they need for success. The chapters address: different types of literature reviews critically analyzing material presenting the final piece of work best practice in referencing and plagiarism systematic approaches to literature reviews. A wide range of examples from books, journals and other sources are included to demonstrate the process in action. Each chapter also includes activities and checklists to help readers develop their own work.

UNDERSTANDING RESEARCH FOR NURSING STUDENTS


Second Edition
Peter Ellis Canterbury Christ Church University Right from the start of their nursing programme, it is crucial for nursing students to be able to understand and evaluate current research to support their learning. This book helps students recognize what good research is by providing an introductory guide to the main research methodologies used in nursing. It simplifies complex terminology and puts research into context for nursing students, with clear examples and case studies. This Second Edition includes a new chapter explaining the different ways students use research during their programme and in practice, guidance on critiquing research and literature reviews, new case studies from each field of practice, a clearer colour text design and a website with downloadable materials for lecturers to use to support their teaching. Key features include: a Website with downloadable case studies, podcasts, interactive activities and links to support student learning each chapter is linked to relevant NMC Standards and Essential Skills Clusters so students can see what is required of them in order to become a registered nurse scenarios and case studies to show how research applies to student learning and nursing practice activities to help students to build confidence.

CONTENTS
What Is a Literature Review? / Types of Literature Review / Selecting a Review Topic and Searching the Literature / Reading and Organising the Literature / Critically Analysing the Literature / Synthesising the Literature / Writing up Your Literature Review / What Comes Next?
March 2013 160 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4960-4) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-4961-1) 18.99

CONTENTS
Introducing Research / Overview of Qualitative Methodologies / Data Collection Methods and Analysis in Qualitative Research / Overview of Quantitative Methodologies / Data Collection Methods and Analysis in Quantitative Research / Multiple Methods, Evaluation and Action Research / Using Research TRANSFORMING NURSING PRACTICE SERIES
March 2013 168 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-6760-8) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-6761-5) 16.99

LITERATURE REVIEWS IN SOCIAL WORK


Robin Kiteley and Christine Stogdon both at University of Huddersfield This book provides social work students with a clear and accessible guide to the process of conducting a literature review, giving them the skills, confidence and knowledge required to produce their own successful review. Drawing on their wealth of teaching experience, the authors outline best practice in: choosing a topic effective search strategies taking notes organising your material accurate referencing managing the process of writing the literature review enhancing evidence-based practice

RESEARCH ETHICS FOR COUNSELLORS, NURSES & SOCIAL WORKERS


Dee Danchev Keele University and Alistair Ross Research Ethics for Counsellors, Nurses and Social Workers is designed to help your students make the best start in their research career. With ethical implications and considerations arising at each stage of the research process, engaging with the wide range of issues and ideas can often prove a challenge for students. Dee Danchev and Alastair Ross will help your students overcome this challenge and become confident, skilled researchers by providing them with: an in-depth explanation of the theoretical base for a range of ethical demands and approaches, equipping them with the tools to make the right decisions for their project key research findings so students can apply the latest thinking to their research practice short case examples and checklists to help students apply theory to practice and reflect on what they have learned.

CONTENTS
What Is a Literature Review? / Developing a Research Topic / Planning and Organising a Literature Review / Developing a Search Strategy / Reading with a Purpose / Critical and Analytical Skills / Strategies for Effective Note-Taking / Writing Your Literature Review / Referencing Skills / Evidence-based Practice

CONTENTS
The Researcher: Extending Ethical Practice and Self-Care / The Participant: Their Experience within the Research Process / The Relationship between the Researcher-Counsellor and the Participant / Establishing Trust: the Practicalities of Permissions, Consent, Anonymity, Confidentiality and Data Protection / The Research Process: Details and Decisions / The Wider Ethical Context
October 2013 168 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5335-9) 65.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5336-6) 21.99

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students of social work undertaking a literature review, research project or dissertation as part of their degree. Also for those taking courses in research methods and study skills in social work
November 2013 176 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0126-8) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0127-5) 18.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

71

Methods for Nursing, Health & Social Work / Methods for Counselling & Psychotherapy

AN INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN COUNSELLING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY


John McLeod University of Abertay Dundee Introducing the basic principles of research theory and practice, this book is the ideal starter text for any counselling trainee or practitioner learning about the research process for the first time. Structured around common training topics, the book: explains why you need to do research at all: what it is, why it is important and its historical and philosophical context guides you through the confusing mass of research literature covers the ins and outs of actually doing research: practical and ethical issues helps you get the most out of research - how to evaluate the outcomes and use research to investigate the process of therapy. Written in a language familiar to first-year trainees and using a range of features to enhance learning, this accessible introduction will equip both trainees and qualified therapists with the essential nuts and bolts to understand research.

SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH IN PRACTICE


Ethical and Political Contexts
Second Edition
Heather D'Cruz Curtin University and Martyn Jones RMIT University, Melbourne Social Work Research in Practice explores the intrinsic connection between knowledge, research and practice in social work. The authors argue that through a better appreciation of research, the highest standards of social work can be achieved. The Second Edition investigates contemporary approaches which impact on the discourses of social work research, including: Evidence-based practice User-led research Anti-oppressive practice Practice-based research. Each chapter has been fully updated with a rich range of case examples and references. Further reading is also included, so that readers can expand their knowledge.

CONTENTS
Research, Social Work and Professional Practice / The Research Question / Different Ways of Knowing and Their Relevance for Research / Methodology / Designing Research / Generating Data / Making Sense of Data: Analysis / Analysis / Reporting and Disseminating Research

CONTENTS
Why Research Is Important / Research in Counselling and Psychotherapy: A Historical Overview / How Do We Know What We Know? The Philosophical Context of Research / Entering the World of Therapy Research: Finding Your Way Around the Research Literature / Doing Research: Practical and Ethical Issues / Understanding Quantitative Methods / Understanding Qualitative Methods / Evaluating the Outcomes of Counselling and Psychotherapy / Investigating the Process of Therapy / Critical Issues in Research on Counselling and Psychotherapy: Continuing the Conversation
March 2013 240 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0140-4) 70.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0141-1) 23.99

READERSHIP
Undergraduate and postgraduate students, as well as practitioners working in the field of social work
October 2013 208 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0078-0) 70.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0079-7) 24.00

INTRODUCING COUNSELLING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY RESEARCH


Terry Hanley, Clare Lennie and William West University of Manchester An unusually thoughtful, methodical, engaging text tackling essential research issues in an accessible and attractive way Colin Feltham, Emeritus Professor of Critical Counselling Studies, Sheffield Hallam University Introducing Counselling and Psychotherapy Research provides an accessible yet thorough overview of the place that research has in the world of therapy. It introduces the reader to the language of research and helps students to identify themselves as researchers by supporting the development of their research literacy and awareness. Structured around common training topics, the bookprovides: consideration of what research is and why people do it discussion of key issues that individuals should consider before embarking on a research project an informed overview of common research methodologies and methods a reflection upon the need to place ethical mindfulness at the fore of any research project advice and information on what you can do with your research once it's complete.
December 2012 192 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-247-0) 65.00 Paper (978-1-84787-248-7) 20.99

CONTENTS
The Research Underpinning Therapy / What Is Research? / Preparing for Undertaking Research / The impact of Undertaking Research on the Researcher / Quantitative Research: Collecting and Making Sense of Numbers in Therapy Research / Qualitative Research: Collecting and Making Sense of Talk, Thoughts and Feelings in Research / Ethical Issues in Therapy Research / Talking about Research and Dissemination

READERSHIP
Students on counselling and psychotherapy courses, also practitioners who need to be aware of the research evidence that underpins their practice

72

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Methods for Counselling & Psychotherapy / Media, Communication & Cultural Studies

ESSENTIAL RESEARCH FINDINGS IN COUNSELLING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY


The Facts are Friendly
Mick Cooper University of Strathclyde Providing trainees, practitioners and re se a rche r s with a c omp re he nsive introduction to the latest findings in the field, this book sets out, in a jargon-free way, the evidence for the effectiveness of therapy and the factors associated with positive therapeutic outcomes.
2008 256 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-042-1) 71.00 Paper (978-1-84787-043-8) 23.99

HOW TO DO MEDIA AND CULTURAL STUDIES


Second Edition
Jane Stokes University of East London The Second Edition of this student favourite takes readers step-by-step through the theories, processes and methods of each stage of research, from how to create a research question, design the project and write it up. It enables students to have a clear sense of how their own work relates to broader scholarship and inspires understanding of why studying the media matters. Now 20% bigger, new features include: brand new chapters on the how and why of researching media and culture all new case studies spotlighting the international media landscape online readings showing how methods get used in real research essential new material on ethnography, digital content analysis, online surveys and researching blogs. Perfect for students of all ranges, How to Do Media and Cultural Studies continues to provide the clearest and most accessible guide to media and cultural studies students embarking on their own research.

DOING COUNSELLING RESEARCH


Third Edition
John McLeod University of Abertay Dundee From leading researcher and bestselling author, John McLeod, this fully revised and updated book is the 'How to' guide to undertaking a successful research project. As an introduction to the basic principles of research theory and practice, this book is the ideal starter text for any counselling trainee or practitioner learning about the research process for the first time.
October 2013 344 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0138-1) 65.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0139-8) 20.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THINKING, THEORY AND PRACTICE / How Do We Know Anything about Anything? / Why Do We Do Media and Cultural Studies? / PART TWO: METHODS OF ANALYSIS / Getting Started on Your Own Research Project / Researching Industries: Studying Institutions and Producers of Media and Culture / Researching Texts: Approaches to Studying Media and Cultural Content / Researching Audiences: Who Uses Media and Culture? How and Why? / PART THREE: PRESENTING YOUR WORK / Presenting Your Final Project

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students of media, communication and cultural studies
November 2012 264 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-785-0) 75.00 Paper (978-1-84920-786-7) 24.99

QUALITATIVE COMMUNICATION RESEARCH METHODS


Third Edition
Thomas R Lindlof University of Kentucky, USA and Bryan C Taylor University of Colorado-Boulder Written by communication scholars specifically for communication students, this established textbook introduces readers to every step of the qualitative research process, from developing research topics and questions, all the way through to writing a final report.
2010 400 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-7472-1) 106.00 Paper (978-1-4129-7473-8) 46.99

QUALITATIVE MEDIA ANALYSIS


Second Edition
David L Altheide Arizona State University, USA and Christopher J Schneider University of British Columbia, Canada Obtaining, categorizing and analyzing different media documents is often essential to preparing a successful research project. In Qualitative Media Analysis, David L Altheide and Christopher J Schneider present a step-by-step, applied approach to this topic. They address traditional media, such as newspapers, magazines and television, as well as more recent formats including social media, video and Websites. Using examples from students, they clearly illustrate ways to draw conclusions from the bombardment of media documents that qualitative researchers face.

CONTENTS
Plugged in Research / . Ethnographic Content Analysis / Process of Qualitative Document Analysis / Chapter 4. Newspapers, Magazines, and Electronic Documents / . Electronic Reality I / Electronic Reality II / Tracking Discourse / Field Notes and Other Data QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS
December 2012 168 pages Paper (978-1-4522-3005-4) 16.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

73

Methods for Media, Communication & Cultural Studies / Criminology & Criminal Justice

MEDIA AUDIENCES
Effects, Users, Institutions, and Power
John L Sullivan Muhlenberg College This book explores the concept of media audiences from four broad perspectives: as 'victims', as market constructions or commodities, as users, and as producers. The result is a textbook that helps students to think critically about the role and status of media audiences in contemporary society.
December 2012 280 pages Paper (978-1-4129-7042-6) 29.99

UNDERSTANDING CRIMINOLOGICAL RESEARCH


A Guide to Data Analysis
John Martyn Chamberlain Loughborough University Written as an engaging, step-by-step guide informed by detailed case studies, Understanding Criminological Research shows undergraduate and postgraduate students how to understand, analyze and use criminological data. Key features of the book include: a thorough account of both qualitative and quantitative data analysis covering grounded theory, social constructivism, narrative analysis and statistical analysis relevant and up-to-date British and international case studies drawn from newspaper articles, online reportage, government reports, interview transcripts and video recordings practical examples demonstrating the application of various statistical tests to nominal, ordinal and interval data clear and accessible chapter content supported by helpful introductions, concise summaries and suggestions for further reading.

INTRODUCING COMMUNICATION RESEARCH


Paths of Inquiry
Second Edition
Donald Treadwell Westfield State University This book demystifies the theories and applications of communication research through its focus on research methods in practice. By highlighting examples of research in real-world settings, freshly updated for the Second Edition, this exciting and accessible text helps students see the relevance of basic communication research skills and concepts in their undergraduate studies and in their future careers. It provides an overview of the research process from start to finish covering both quantitative and qualitative methods, statistics, ethics, measurement, and more. A concluding chapter shows students how to write up and present their research to various audiences. The Second Edition includes two new chapters, including expanded coverage of statistics and new coverage of rhetorical and critical analysis.

CONTENTS
Getting Started: Focusing on Deskwork / Qualitative and Quantitative Fieldwork Strategies / Grounded Theory Analysis / Narrative Analysis / Discourse Analysis / Univariate Analysis / Bivariate Analysis / Deskwork Revisited: Writing a Project Report

READERSHIP
Undergraduate and postgraduate students of criminology and criminal justice
November 2012 264 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0857-1) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0858-8) 24.99

CONTENTS
Getting Started: Possibilities and Decisions / First Decisions: What, Why, How? / Ethics: What Are My Responsibilities as a Researcher? / Reading Research: To Boldly Go Where Others Have Gone Before / Measurement: Research Using Numbers / Summarizing Research Results: Data Reduction and Descriptive Statistics / Generalizing from Research Results: Inferential Statistics / Sampling: Who, What and How Many? / Surveys: Putting Numbers on Opinions / Experiments: Researching Cause and Effect / Watching and Listening: Qualitative Research for In-Depth Understanding / Content Analysis: Understanding Text and Image in Numbers / Rhetorical and Critical Analyses: Understanding Text and Image in Words / Writing and Presenting Research
March 2013 296 pages Paper (978-1-4522-1735-2) 44.99

Request one of our new catalogues online at www.sagepub.co.uk or phone us on +44 (0)20 7324 8500

74

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Methods for Psychology

QUALITATIVE PSYCHOLOGY
A Practical Guide to Research Methods
Second Edition
Edited by Jonathan A Smith Birkbeck College Covering all of the main qualitative approaches now used in psychology, the Second Edition offers readers a step-bystep guide to carrying out research using each particular method with plenty of pedagogical advice.
2007 288 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-3083-3) 87.00 Paper (978-1-4129-3084-0) 28.99

RUNNING BEHAVIORAL STUDIES WITH HUMAN PARTICIPANTS


A Practical Guide
Frank E Ritter The Pennsylvania State University, Jong W Kim University of Central Florida, Orlando, Jonathan H Morgan and Richard A Carlson The Pennsylvania State University This text provides a concrete road map for the design and implementation of experiments using human participants. It covers both conceptual and practical issues that are critical to experimental methods, and the organization of the book follows the standard process in experiment-based research.

CONTENTS

RESEARCH METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY


Fourth Edition
Edited by Glynis M Breakwell University of Bath, Jonathan A Smith Birkbeck College and Daniel B Wright Florida International University Research Methods in Psychology has been substantially and meticulously revised in its Fourth Edition. Continuing to offer enviable coverage of the research methods that psychology students at intermediate levels need to master, the textbook has now been broadened to cover the full suite of beginner-level research methods too. It now has extensive coverage of psychological methods, both quantitative and qualitative. The editors have brought together a team of world-leading educators in psychological methods to write accessible and engaging chapters that help students not only learn about the central methods for psychological investigation today, but to see the real-world value and importance of using methods well for very good research.

Preparation for Running Experiments / Potential Ethical Problems / Risks to Validity to Avoid While Running an Experiment / Running a Research Session / Concluding a Study / / Appendix 1: A Checklist For Setting Up Experiments / Appendix 2: Example Scripts For Running An Experiment / Appendix 3: Example Consent Form / Appendix 4: Example Debriefing Form / Appendix 5: Example Irb Application / Appendix 6: Considerations When Running A Study Online

READERSHIP
Psychology students and professionals
January 2013 200 pages Paper (978-1-4522-1742-0) 25.99

DOING YOUR QUALITATIVE PSYCHOLOGY PROJECT


Edited by Cath Sullivan University of Central Lancashire, Stephen Gibson York St John University and Sarah Riley Aberystwyth University This book is for students who are embarking on a qualitative research project in psychology or a related discipline. While focusing mainly on undergraduate dissertations, the book will also be useful for postgraduate students. It takes you through planning a qualitative project, stage by stage, addressing key issues and concerns along the way. The focus throughout is on how to make your project excellent! Packed full of examples from student projects to help you to put theory into practice, the book guides you through: designing your research ethical considerations collecting your data analyzing your data writing your report or dissertation.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION / Research Questions and Planning Research / PART TWO: QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH: DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS / Introduction to Quantitative Research / Experimental Method / Quasiexperimental Designs / Surveys and Sampling / Questionnaire Design / Psychometrics / Descriptive Statistics / Inferential Statistics / Factorial ANOVA / Correlation and Regression / Exploratory Factor Analysis / PART THREE: QUALITATIVE RESEARCH: DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS / Introduction to Qualitative Methods / Observational Methods / Interviewing / Diary and Narrative Methods / Focus Groups / Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis / Grounded Theory / Discourse Analysis / Content Analysis / PART FOUR: WRITING UP YOUR RESEARCH / What if Victor Had Used the APA Manual to Write Up His Research?

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students of psychological research methods at both introductory and intermediate levels
November 2011 616 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-263-9) 85.00 Paper (978-0-85702-264-6) 29.99

CONTENTS
Coming up with a Research Question / Planning and Ethics / Managing the Project / Doing a Literature Review / Collecting Your Data / Analysing Your Data / Evaluating Qualitative Research / Writing up a Qualitative Project / What Next? / Overview and Conclusions: Be a Scholar

READERSHIP
Undergraduate psychology students
March 2012 232 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-745-0) 65.00 Paper (978-0-85702-746-7) 21.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

75

Methods for Psychology

EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN
Procedures for the Behavioral Sciences
Fourth Edition
Roger E Kirk Baylor University This book is for students who are embarking on a qualitative research project in psychology or a related discipline. While focusing mainly on undergraduate dissertations, the book will also be useful for postgraduate students. It takes the reader through planning a qualitative project, stage by stage, addressing key issues and concerns along the way. The focus throughout is on how to make the project excellent! Packed full of examples from student projects to help you to put theory into practice, the book covers: designing your research ethical considerations collecting your data analyzing your data writing your report or dissertation.

AFFECT AND EMOTION


A New Social Science Understanding
Margaret Wetherell The Open University In recent years, there has been a huge surge of interest in affect and emotion. Scholars want to discover how people are moved, and understand embodied social action, feelings and passions. This book systematically reviews research in psychology and neuroscience, critical and social psychology, and in sociology, politics and cultural studies. It develops a critique of the 'turn to affect' and argues for an approach based on affective practice. This is a moment in the social sciences requiring concentrated interdisciplinary attention on the figuring of the body and meaning-making. New analyses are needed to explain how affect travels, settles, circulates and coalesces.

CONTENTS
Introducing Affect: Lines of Argument / Bodying Affect: Affective Flows and Their Psychobiological Figuring / Negotiating Affect: Discourse, Representation and Affective Meaning-Making / Situating Affect: Interaction, Accountability and the Present Moment / Solidifying Affect: Structures of Feeling, Habitus and Emotional Capital / Personalising Affect: Relational Histories, Subjectivities and the Psychosocial / Circulating Affect: Waves of Feeling, Contagion and Affective Transmission

CONTENTS
Research Strategies and the Control of Nuisance Variables / Experimental Designs: An Overview / Fundamental Assumptions in Analysis of Variance / Completely Randomized Design / Multiple Comparison Tests / Trend Analysis / General Linear Model Approach to ANOVA / Randomized Block Designs / Completely Randomized Factorial Design with Two Treatments / Completely Randomized Factorial Design with Three or More Treatments and Randomized Block Factorial Design / Hierarchical Designs / Split-Plot Factorial Design: Design with Group-Treatment Confounding / Analysis of Covariance / Latin Square and Related Designs / Confounded Factorial Designs: Designs with Group-Interaction Confounding / Fractional Factorial Designs: Designs with Treatment-Interaction Confounding

READERSHIP
Postgraduate students and academics in social psychology, sociology, philosophy and cultural studies
February 2012 192 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-856-3) 75.00 Paper (978-0-85702-857-0) 24.99

READERSHIP
Undergraduate psychology students
August 2012 1072 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-7445-5) 39.99

FOUNDATIONS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING


A Practical Approach
Fourth Edition
Leslie A Miller LanneM TM, LLC, Robert L Lovler Wilson Learning Corporation and Sandra A McIntire Rollins College Foundations of Psychological Testing provides students with a clear and accessible introduction to the field of psychological testing. The primary objective of this text is not to dwell on the details of individual psychological tests, but to focus on the testing process and the core psychometric concepts required to gain an appreciation of how to use and interpret tests properly. Written in response to a growing need for a textbook on psychological testing conducive to student learning, this book gives students an understanding of the basic concepts, issues and tools used in psychological testing.

DOING COLLABORATIVE RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY


A Team-Based Guide
Jerusha B Detweiler-Bedell and Brian Detweiler-Bedell both at Lewis and Clark College Doing Collaborative Research in Psychology offers an engaging journey through the process of conducting research in psychology. Using an innovative team-based approach, this handson guide reflects the collaborative nature of research methods and experimental psychology. Students learn how to work as a team, generate creative research ideas, design and pilot studies, recruit participants, collect and analyze data, write up results in APA style, and prepare and give formal research presentations. Students also learn practical ways in which they can promote their research skills as they apply for jobs or graduate school.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: OVERVIEW OF PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING / What Are Psychological Tests? / Why Is Psychological Testing Important? / Is There a Right or Wrong Way to Use Psychological Tests? / How Does Computerized Testing Work? / PART TWO: PSYCHOMETRIC PRINCIPLES / How Do Test Users Interpret Test Scores? / What Is Test Reliability? / How Do We Gather Evidence of Validity Based on the Content of a Test? / How Do We Gather Evidence of Validity Based on a Tests Relationships With External Criteria? / How Do We Gather Evidence of Validity Based on a Tests Relationship With Constructs? / PART THREE: DEVELOPING AND PILOTING SURVEYS AND PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS / How Do We Construct, Administer, and Use Survey Data? / How Do We Develop a Test? / How Do We Assess the Psychometric Quality of a Test? / PART FOUR: USING TESTS IN DIFFERENT SETTINGS / How Are Tests Used in Educational Settings? / How Are Tests Used in Clinical and Counseling Settings? / How Are Tests Used in Organizational Settings?
December 2012 648 pages Cloth (978-1-4522-1990-5) 71.00

CONTENTS
Teams / The Idea / Theories, Predictions and the Literature / Ethics / Experimental Design / Statistics and Data / Piloting a Study / Conducting a Study / Presentations / Research Write-Ups / Student-Initiated Research / The New You / Researcher's Toolbox

READERSHIP
Psychology students and researchers
October 2012 296 pages Paper (978-1-4129-8817-9) 25.99

76

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Methods for Psychology / Methods for Politics & International Relations

DIARY METHODS
John B Nezlek College of William and Mary The only up-to-date, clear and practical guide to understanding and using diary methods in this field, authored by a scholar who is known for applying it successfully in published research.
THE SAGE LIBRARY OF METHODS IN SOCIAL AND PERSONALITY PSYCHOLOGY
2011 168 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-406-0) 39.99

KEY RESEARCH CONCEPTS IN POLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS


Lisa Harrison University of the West of England and Theresa Callan Portsmouth University From action research to validity, this innovative and informative text will prove an invaluable guide to a variety of core research concepts in both political science and international relations. The book: is consistently structured, providing: a simple definition; a focused explanation; a summary of current debates and areas of research; suggestions for further reading; and references to other related concepts explains how research methods are used and highlights alternative research concepts and strategies cross-relates entries, enabling readers to dip into topics and follow threads throughout is packed with illuminating examples to help readers apply theory to the real world of political analysis.

RESEARCH FOR DEVELOPMENT


A Practical Guide
Second Edition
Sophie Laws Coram, Caroline Harper, Nicola Jones Overseas Development Institute and Rachel Marcus Independent Researcher Perfect for both students and practitioners, this book offers a comprehensive guide to commissioning, managing and undertaking research in development work. It serves both as a practical reference manual and an indispensable learning tool. This fully revised and updated Second Edition includes new sections on using the Internet and writing a literature review. Its highly accessible content is supported by a wide variety of international case studies, checklists of key points, learning exercises, helpful references to further reading, engaging illustrations and a detailed glossary of terms.

CONTENTS
Action research / Autobiography/Biography Research / Behaviourialism / Case Studies / Causality and Correlations / Comparative Method / Concepts / Content Analysis / Deduction/Induction / Discourse Analysis / Documentary Analysis / Ecological Fallacy / Empirical Analysis / Epistemology / Ethics / Ethnography and Ethnomethodology / Evidence Based Policy / Feminism/ Methodologies / Focus Groups / Hypothesis Testing and Inference / Interviewing / Levels of Measurement / Methods / Methodology / Narratives / Observation / Official Data / Ontology / Paradigm / Positivism / Post-Postivism / Presenting Quantitative Analysis / Primary Sources / Qualitative Methods / Quantitative Methods / Rational Choice Theory / Realism / Reliability / Sampling / Secondary Analysis / Survey Design / Theory / Triangulation / Validity / Variables

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION AND PLANNING YOUR RESEARCH / Introduction: Why Research for Development Matters / Using Research in Development Work / Planning for Effective Research / Managing Research / Reviewing Existing Evidence / Learning Development Research Skills / PART TWO: COLLECTING DATA / Choosing Methods / Collecting and Managing Quality Data / Thinking About Ethics in Research / Choosing a Sample / Collecting Data / Participatory Research / PART THREE: ANALYSIS AND RESEARCH COMMUNICATION / Undertaking Research Analysis / Writing Effectively / Promoting Research Uptake / Assessing Research for Development Work

READERSHIP
Students of politics and international relations at both undergraduate and postgraduate levels
April 2013 250 pages Cloth (978-1-4129-1184-9) 60.00 Paper (978-1-4129-1185-6) 19.99

READERSHIP
Students of development studies and public policy, as well as practitioners in the field
January 2013 440 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5236-9) 85.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5237-6) 29.99

METHODS FOR POLICY RESEARCH


Second Edition
Ann Majchrzak University of Southern California and M Lynne Markus Bentley University Looking at the analysis of policies with a view to changing them, this book is written by an expert on policy research and shows ways of presenting alternatives to policy-makers with the emphasis on communicating the value and applicability of the research that backs up the policy options. The author employs a pragmatic approach that deals with real world issues and which presents the processes involved in a step-by-step manner.
APPLIED SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS
July 2013 216 pages Paper (978-1-4129-9780-5) 21.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

77

Methods for Geography / Methods for Sport & Tourism

THE POPULATION OF THE UK


Second Edition
Danny Dorling University of Sheffield Did you know that where you were born may affect when you die? The Population of the UK explains how geography - in the widest sense - makes a difference to life outcomes. It explains the geographical differences in key socioeconomic variables - like education, health and work - that illustrate the UK's stark social inequalities and affect everyone's lives. Written for undergraduate students across social science disciplines, this unique text presents a social geography of the UK which: contains over 100 maps. These are drawn in proportion to the numbers of people being depicted and so represent the human geography of the UK in a fair way visualises quantitative evidence. The very latest statistics from numerous sources - including the 2010 election - reveal the many aspects of the underlying geographical structure of society in the UK relates geographies of identity to geographies of inequality, mortality, work and settlement, and in a final chapter, shows how the UK's population fits in to the world picture of who has most of what, and where.

AN INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH METHODS IN GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES


Second Edition
Daniel Montello University of California, Santa Barbara and Paul Sutton University of Denver, Colorado This revised, updated, and extended Second Edition provides a broad and integrative introduction to the conduct and interpretation of scientific research, now covering both geography and environmental studies. The book: explains both the conceptual and the technical aspects of research, as well as all phases of the research process. continues to be inclusive: combining approaches in physical geography and environmental science, human geography and human-environment relations, and geographic and environmental information techniques (such as GIS, cartography and remote sensing) six of the chapters have short case studies of actual research projects in order to demonstrate the breadth of approaches taken in scientific research in geography and environmental studies.

CONTENTS
Maps / Birth / Education / Identity / Politics / Inequality / Health / Work / Home / Abroad / Future

CONTENTS
Introduction: A Scientific Approach to Geography and Environmental Studies / Fundamental Research Concepts / Scientific Communication / Data Collection in Geography and Environmental Studies / Physical Measurements / Behavioural Oservations and Archives / Explicit Reports: Surveys, Interviews and Tests / Experimental and Non-Experimental Research Designs / Sampling / Statistical Data Analysis / Data Display: Tables, Graphs, Maps, Visualizations / Reliability and Validity / Information Technologies in Research / Ethics in Scientific Research

READERSHIP
Students and researchers in human geography, population studies, sociology, social policy, health studies and education
November 2012 232 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5296-3) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-5297-0) 24.99

READERSHIP
Undergraduate and postgraduate students of research methods in geography and environmental studies
December 2012 328 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0074-2) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0075-9) 23.99

METHODS OF SUSTAINABILITY RESEARCH IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES


Edited by Frances Fahy and Henrike Rau National University of Ireland Sustainability is a key word in the environmental vocabulary informing how research projects in the social sciences are framed. This book provides a systematic and critical review of the key research methods used when studying sustainable strategies and outcomes.

KEY CONCEPTS IN TOURISM RESEARCH


David Botterill University of Wales Institute, Cardiff and Vincent Platenkamp A clear, snappy introduction which walks students through the selection and application of research methods within tourism. It provides the language and theory needed to develop research projects and explores the philosophy of various methodologies.
SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES
April 2012 200 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-174-1) 65.00 Paper (978-1-84860-175-8) 20.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: MEASURING THE IMMEASURABLE? THE CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES OF SUSTAINABILITY RESEARCH IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES / PART TWO: RESEARCHING LOCAL LIVES: EXPERIENCES OF (UN)SUSTAINABILITY AMONG INDIVIDUALS, HOUSEHOLDS AND COMMUNITIES / PART THREE: COMPARATIVE RESEARCH ON THE SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE OF REGIONS AND NATION-STATES / PART FOUR: TIME AND SPACE IN FOCUS: CURRENT DEVELOPMENTS AND FUTURE TRENDS

READERSHIP
Students, researchers and professionals involved with sustainability research across the environmental and social sciences
February 2013 224 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-521-0) 75.00 Paper (978-0-85702-522-7) 24.99

78

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Methods for Sport & Tourism

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH IN SPORT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY


Ian Jones, Lorraine Brown and Immy Holloway University of Bournemouth Designed especially for students of sport and physical activity, this book provides a detailed guide to planning, undertaking and writing up qualitative research. Opening with a discussion of the main traits of qualitative inquiry and its use in sport and physical activity, the authors provide a coherent and accessible overview of qualitative research using numerous examples to bring research alive. The book is divided into four parts informed by stages in the research process with chapters on: early steps in the research process ethics choosing your approach methods of data collection analyzing your data writing up and disseminating your findings.

RESEARCHING SPORT, EXERCISE & HEALTH


Philosophies, Strategies and Realities
Michael Atkinson University of Loughborough Sport and health are large and growing fields of study. Until now, they have not possessed a genuine, 'must-have' research methods book which answers the needs of students in the disciplines. All of that has changed with this book. Michael Atkinson has produced a landmark text that provides a complete, reliable, accessible and fun guide. The book: examines the rationale for research explores the basic quantitative methods describes and assesses the strengths and weaknesses of core qualitative methods explores research design provides samples of research proposals, surveys and interviews.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: WHAT WE ARE DOING, AND WHY WE DO IT! / Research for What? For Whom? / Paradigms in Sport, Exercise and Health Research / PART TWO: SO, WHAT DO YOU WANT TO KNOW? / Generating a Research Puzzle / Literature Reviews and Meta-Reviews / Interdisciplinary and TeamBased Research / Research Ethics / PART THREE: HOW DO WE FIND OUT? / Section I: Quantitative Designs / Designing a Quantitative Study / Measuring Variables / Sampling / Experiments / Surveys and Secondary Data / Scales / Analyzing Quantitative Data / Assessing Reliability, Validity and Error / Section II: Qualitative Designs / Designing a Qualitative Study / Sensitizing Concepts and Guided Exploration / Sampling / Interviews / Ethnography / Narratives and Discourse / Computer-Mediated and Visual Methods / Representing Qualitative Data / Evaluation Criteria for Qualitative Research / Section III: Evaluation Research Designs / Research beyond the University / Triangulation and Translation in Evaluation Research / Appendices / Internet Resources for Sport, Exercise and Health Students / A List of Journals in Sport, Exercise and Health / A Sample Survey / A Sample Interview Schedule / 3-4 Sample Attitude Scales/Questionnaires used in sport and health research / A research ethics institutional checklist example / An informed consent sheet example / A (brief) research proposal example

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION TO QUALITATIVE RESEARCH / The Nature and Usefulness of Qualitative Research / Ethical Considerations in Research / PART TWO: STARTING THE RESEARCH / The Research Question and Proposal / The Role of the Literature / PART THREE: COLLECTING THE DATA / Sampling / Interviews / Focus Group Interviews / Participant Observation / PART FOUR: CHOOSING THE RESEARCH APPROACH / Grounded Theory / Ethnography / Phenomenology / Narrative Research / Mixed Methods / PART FIVE: ANALYSING AND REPORTING QUALITATIVE DATA / Data Analysis / The Quality of Qualitative Inquiry / Writing Up and Disseminating / Glossary

READERSHIP
Undergraduate and postgraduate students of sport and physical activity
November 2012 240 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0744-4) 75.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0745-1) 26.99

READERSHIP

KEY CONCEPTS IN SPORT AND EXERCISE RESEARCH METHODS


Michael Atkinson University of Loughborough A n engaging introduction to the main concepts in both quantitative and qualitative research methods in sport, exercise, kinesiology and health. Almost conversational in tone and yet thoroughly comprehensive.
SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES
November 2011 256 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-728-6) 62.00 Paper (978-1-84860-729-3) 20.99

Undergraduate students taking courses in sport, exercise and health


November 2013 240 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-990-7) 70.00 Paper (978-1-84860-991-4) 24.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

79

New & Recent Major Works: Fundamentals of Applied Research

FUNDAMENTALS OF APPLIED RESEARCH


The Fundamentals of Applied Research series brings together the essential and forward thinking articles on doing research in applied contexts with or for specific groups from the foremost publications and edited by established names in the field. Volumes showcase methodological innovations, key debates, and maintain a focus on the professional/applied context of the research and on the methodological and practical implications of doing research within institutional and socio-cultural contexts of such research. The series includes historically seminal pieces alongside the very best pieces from the last few years that express the cutting-edge in the field.

CASE STUDY METHODS IN BUSINESS RESEARCH


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Albert J Mills St Mary's University, Canada and Gabrielle Durepos St Francis Xavier University, Canada This set provides a highly accessible collection for anyone in business studies wishing to explore in depth and have readily available a sizeable number of case study accounts.
October 2012 1672 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4706-8) 600.00

QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH IN EDUCATION


Three-Volume Set
Edited by Stephen Gorard University of Birmingham
2008 1208 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-327-9) 450.00

ACTION RESEARCH IN EDUCATION


Three-Volume Set
Edited by Anne Campbell Leeds Metropolitan University and Susan Groundwater-Smith University of Sydney
2010 1240 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-683-8) 450.00

CASE STUDY METHODS IN EDUCATION


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Gary Thomas University of Birmingham These volumes collate and contextualize key papers on the use of case studies in education, providing for serious students in education original source material to appraise the method together with exemplary sample materials, enabling them to plan and organize their own case studies.
May 2013 1664 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-5925-2) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS IN EDUCATION


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Harry Torrance Manchester Metropolitan University
2010 1680 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-207-6) 600.00

RESEARCHING GENDER
Four-Volume Set
Edited by Christina Hughes University of Warwick Researching Gender is a comprehensive collection of wellregarded, seminal articles in the field of feminist methodology that will be an essential resource for academics and advanced students in this field.
October 2012 1592 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4874-4) 600.00

HEALTHCARE EVALUATION
Four-Volume Set
Edited by R Barker Bausell University of Maryland
May 2012 1720 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4928-4) 600.00

RESEARCHING YOUNG PEOPLE


Three-Volume Set
Edited by Amanda Coffey and Tom Hall University of Cardiff
2011 1224 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-774-3) 450.00

80

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

New & Recent Major Works: SAGE Benchmarks in Social Research Methods

SAGE BENCHMARKS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS


Methods and methodology underpin all the social sciences. Published since 2001 and now exceeding 60 four-volume sets, the SAGE Benchmarks in Social Research Methods series has proven itself the definitive reference collection on methods available today. From ethnography to measurement, the series continues to systematically map the history of thought on the vast range of quantitative and qualitative methods in the social sciences. Edited by leaders in their fields, each set presents a careful selection of the key historical and contemporary works classics and previously inaccessible works alike and includes an authoritative introduction by the editor.

GROUNDED THEORY AND SITUATIONAL ANALYSIS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Adele E Clarke University of California, San Francisco and Kathy Charmaz Sonoma State University This new four-volume major work brings together a wealth of valuable research on the qualitative research methods of grounded theory and situational analysis.
September 2013 1664 pages Cloth (978-0-8570-2780-1) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

DOCUMENTARY & ARCHIVAL RESEARCH


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Jason Hughes Brunel University and John Goodwin University of Leicester This collection successfully discusses the different ways documentation comes into being and how and why they become objects of social research. Consisting of an impressive list of contributors, this set discusses the history, development and current debates alive in the field.
September 2013 1664 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-1094-9) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

CONTEMPORARY STUDIES IN CONVERSATION ANALYSIS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Paul Drew University of York and John Heritage University of California, Los Angeles This new four-volume collection, containing all new articles and framed by a new contextualising introductory chapter, includes works focussing on areas which were in their infancy at the publication of this set's predecessor, and topics which have gained much interest in the field over the past decade.
March 2013 1628 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0868-7) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

VISUAL RESEARCH METHODS 2


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Peter Hamilton The Open University Complementing and extending the previously published Visual Research Methods (SAGE, 2006), this collection brings together new and historical material from a number of sources, essentially drawn from the convergence of the social, cultural and human sciences.
June 2013 1664 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0302-6) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

OBSERVATION METHODS
Four-Volume Set
Edited by Barry Smart University of Portsmouth, Kay Peggs University of Portsmouth and Joseph Burridge This collection, drawing together key contributions on observation methods in social research, provides comprehensive coverage of the historical development of observational methods and techniques and offers analytic reflection on the various issues involved in the scientific practice of observation.
February 2013 1664 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0811-3) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

VIRTUAL RESEARCH METHODS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Christine Hine University of Surrey This comprehensive collection covers perspectives on the Internet as a social space as well as covering research models appropriate for the Internet, ethical considerations and information about innovation in the field.
October 2012 1616 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-740-5) 600.00

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

81

New & Recent Major Works: SAGE Benchmarks in Social Research Methods

CORRELATION AND REGRESSION ANALYSIS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by W Paul Vogt Illinois State University and Burke Johnson University of South Alabama Correlation and regression analysis (CRA) is of great substantive importance; distinguished editors, W Paul Vogt and R Burke Johnson, have ordered the growing research literature on the use of CRA according to its natural steps. Each step in this logical progression constitutes a volume in this exciting new collection.
September 2012 1632 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-170-3) 600.00

FOCUS GROUP RESEARCH


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Graham R Walden In nine parts, Graham R Walden explores what a focus group is, how they are best used, the strengths and weaknesses of focus groups as well the ethical issues surrounding focus groups and more.
September 2012 1656 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-567-8) 600.00

AUTOBIOGRAPHY RESEARCH
Four-Volume Set
Edited by Pat Sikes University of Sheffield This four-volume set seeks to capture the seminal articles that have come out of the field over the past decade. Framed by a newly written introductory chapter, the set includes work which spans disciplinary boundaries, bringing together a comprehensive collection which will prove invaluable to scholars in the field.
June 2013 1664 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-785-6) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

REGRESSION MODELING
Four-Volume Set
Edited by Salvatore Babones University of Sydney, Australia This new four-volume set fulfils the valuable role of bringing together the disparate and sometimes hard-to-find articles on this topic, carefully organising and contextualising the material through a newly written introduction.
October 2013 1664 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0828-1) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

CONSUMER RESEARCH METHODS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by James Fitchett and Andrea Davies University of Leicester This collection offers a comprehensive and illuminating overview of the main methods used in consumer research and outlines the main theoretical, conceptual and historical debates that are relevant to the area.
April 2013 1554 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0850-2) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN IN THE BEHAVIORAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCES


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Sandra Schneider University of South Florida This collection brings together literature to inform researchers about the many issues that have influenced and continue to refine the use of experimental designs in the behavioral and social sciences.
February 2013 1624 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-827-3) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

APPLIED STATISTICAL MODELING


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Salvatore Babones University of Sydney, Australia This new four-volume set brings together seminal articles in the field, selected for their exemplification of the specific model type used, their clarity of exposition and their importance to the development of their respective disciplines.
March 2013 1664 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-0839-7) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF CONTINUOUS DATA


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Roger Penn and Damon Berridge University of Lancaster This new four-volume collection, assembled and introduced by the esteemed editorial team of 2010's Social Statistics (Volumes I-IV), tracks the development of statistical methods for continuous or interval-scale data.
July 2013 1664 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4869-0) 675.00 Special Introductory Offer: 625.00

82

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

New & Recent Major Works: SAGE Benchmarks in Social Research Methods

TEXTUAL ANALYSIS
Four-Volume Set
Edited by Martin W Bauer Ahmet Suerdem and Aude Bicquelet all at London School of Economics and Political Science This four-volume set mines the extensive research of the past few decades into textual analysis. Carefully selected papers have been compiled by an esteemed set of editors who have also written extensive and forward-thinking introductory articles for each set, charting the developments of the field.
December 2013 1664 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4689-4) 600.00 Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

SAGE QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Paul Atkinson and Sara Delamont both at Cardiff University
2010 1616 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-378-4) 600.00

EVENT HISTORY ANALYSIS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Lawrence Wu New York University, Italy
November 2011 1656 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-016-2) 600.00

DIGITAL QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Bella Dicks Cardiff University
December 2011 1664 pages Cloth (978-1-84787-952-3) 600.00

SAGE QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by W Paul Vogt Illinois State University
2011 1760 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-699-9) 600.00

ETHNOGRAPHY IN CONTEXT
Four-Volume Set
Edited by Dick Hobbs London School of Economics and Political Science
2011 1528 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-088-1) 600.00

FORECASTING
Five-Volume Set
Edited by Robert A Fildes Lancaster University and Geoff Allen University of Massachusetts
2011 2104 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-782-8) 750.00

ETHNOGRAPHIC METHODS IN EDUCATION


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Sara Delamont Cardiff University
October 2011 1504 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-732-4) 600.00

CLUSTER ANALYSIS
Four-Volume Set
Edited by David Byrne University of Durham and Emma Uprichard Goldsmiths College
January 2012 1584 pages Cloth (978-0-85702-128-1) 600.00

ETHNOMETHODOLOGY
Four-Volume Set
Edited by Michael Lynch Cornell University, New York and Wes Sharrock University of Manchester
2010 1656 pages Cloth (978-1-84860-441-4) 600.00

USING DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Lindsay Prior Queen's University, Belfast
2011 1640 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-733-1) 600.00

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

83

New & Recent Major Works

SAGE LIBRARY OF RESEARCH METHODS


For more than 45 years, SAGE has been one of the leading international publishers in research methods. Known for our commitment to quality and innovation, SAGE has armed a global community of scholars, researchers and students across a broad range of subject areas with the theory, application and skills of research methodology. The SAGE Library of Research Methods delves into our unparalleled depth in journal backlist to produce SAGE only collections that offer systematic, comprehensive overviews of the best of published in our specialist methods journals and empirical subject journals.

SAGE SECONDARY DATA ANALYSIS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by John Goodwin University of Leicester This SAGE-only collection offers a systematic, comprehensive overview of the 'best of' secondary data analysis published in our specialist methods journals and empirical subject journals. As such, it offers readers an excellent research and teaching resource from the foremost publisher in the field.
July 2012 1408 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4690-0) 600.00

SAGE VISUAL METHODS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Jason Hughes Brunel University This SAGE-only collection offers a systematic, comprehensive overview of the 'best of' visual research methods published in our specialist methods journals and empirical subject journals.
July 2012 1672 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4102-8) 600.00

SAGE BIOGRAPHICAL RESEARCH SAGE INTERNET RESEARCH METHODS


Four-Volume Set
Edited by Jason Hughes Brunel University Delving into our unparalleled depth in journal backlist this work is a SAGE-only collection that offer systematic, comprehensive overviews of the best of Internet research methods published in our specialist methods journals and empirical subject journals.
June 2012 1680 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4104-2) 600.00

Four-Volume Set
Edited by John Goodwin University of Leicester Bringing together content from across the social sciences, this collection assembles only the very best articles and chapters published by SAGE in the area of biographical research.
June 2012 1520 pages Cloth (978-1-4462-4691-7) 600.00

ORGANIZATIONAL DISCOURSE STUDIES


Three-Volume Set
Edited by David Grant University of Sydney, Australia, Cynthia Hardy University of Melbourne, Australia and Linda L Putnam University of California, Santa Barbara
SAGE LIBRARY IN BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
2011 1304 pages Cloth (978-1-84920-736-2) 450.00

84

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Journals

Research Methods

Journals 2013

Action Research
http://arj.sagepub.com arj-blogspot.com

Educational and Psychological Measurement


http://epm.sagepub.com

Journal of Contemporary Ethnography


http://jce.sagepub.com

Qualitative Research
http://qrj.sagepub.com

American Journal of Evaluation


http://aje.sagepub.com

Ethnography
http://eth.sagepub.com

Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics


http://jeb.sagepub.com

Qualitative Social Work


http://qsw.sagepub.com

American Educational Research Journal


http://aer.sagepub.com

Evaluation
http://evi.sagepub.com

Research ethics
http://rea.sagepub.com

Applied Psychological Measurement


http://apm.sagepub.com

Evaluation & the Health Professions


http://ehp.sagepub.com

Journal of Mixed Methods Research


http://jmmr.sagepub.com

Simulation & Gaming


http://sag.sagepub.com

Evaluation Review
http://erx.sagepub.com

Journal of Research in Nursing


http://jrn.sagepub.com

Social Science Computer Review


http://ssc.sagepub.com

Bulletin de Mthodologie Sociologique


http://bms.sagepub.com

Feminism & Psychology


http://fap.sagepub.com

Medical Decision Making


http://mdm.sagepub.com

Sociological Methods & Research


http://smr.sagepub.com

Clinical Trials
http://ctj.sagepub.com

Field Methods
http://fmx.sagepub.com

Organizational Research Methods


http://orm.sagepub.com

Sociological Research Online


http://soresonline.org.uk

Counselling Outcome Research & Evaluation


http://cor.sagepub.com

Health Informatics Journal


http://jhi.sagepub.com

Qualitative Health Research


http://qhr.sagepub.com

Statistical Methods in Medical Research


http://smm.sagepub.com

Cultural StudiesCritical Methodologies


http://cscm.sagepub.com

Health:
http://hea.sagepub.com

Qualitative Inquiry
http://qix.sagepub.com

Statistical Modelling
http://smj.sagepub.com

Submit articles via SAGEtrack:


SAGEtrack (powered by ScholarOne Manuscripts ), enables submissions 24 hrs a day from anywhere in the world and you can track your article's progress at all times. Visit the following journal home pages for more information: Health:, Action Research and Qualitative Social Work.

Join the debate at www.methodspace.com - the new online community network for everyone involved in Research Methods and Evaluation.

www.facebook.com/sagemethods

http://twitter.com/SAGE_methods

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

85

Sales Information

Overseas Offices and Distributors


USA, Canada, Central and South America and The Caribbean SAGE Publications Inc 2455 Teller Road, Thousand Oaks, CA 91320, USA T: +1 (0) 805 499 0721 F: +1 (0) 805 499 0871 E: info@sagepub.com India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka SAGE Publications India Private Ltd B 1 / I 1 Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area Mathura Road, New Delhi 110 044, India T: (91) 11 4053 9222 F: + (91) 11 4053 9234 E: info@sagepub.in Australia and New Zealand Footprint Books Pty Ltd, Unit 1 / 6A Prosperity Parade, Warriewood, NSW 2102, Australia T: +61 (02) 9997-3973 F: +61 (02) 9997-3185 E: info@footprint.com.au Asia-Pacific SAGE Asia-Pacific Pte Ltd. 3, Church Street, #10-04, Samsung Hub Singapore 049483 T: +65 6220 1800 F: +65 6438 1008 E: sagebooks@sagepub.co.uk

SAGE Publications Ltd, 1 Olivers Yard, 55 City Road, London EC1Y 1SP UK Tel +44 (0) 20 7324 8500 Fax +44 (0) 20 7324 8600 Email orders@sagepub.co.uk (Trade Orders) Tony Histed International Director of Sales tony.histed@sagepub.co.uk Rex Elston Head of Book Sales rex.elston@sagepub.co.uk Nicola Everitt Books Sales Director, Asia Pacific nicola.everitt@sagepub.co.uk Adam Birchall Key Account & Special Sales Manager adam.birchall@sagepub.co.uk Alison Browne Head of Books Customer Services alison.browne@sagepub.co.uk Katherine Ryan Rights & Licensing Manager foreign-rights@sagepub.co.uk Peter Hampson Field Sales Manager for UK & N.Ireland peter.hampson@sagepub.co.uk Martin Vicars Export Sales Manager martin.vicars@sagepub.co.uk Huw Alexander Digital Sales Manager huw.alexander@sagepub.co.uk Charlotte Steadman Customer Solutions Manager charlotte.steadman@sagepub.co.uk Zoe Seaton Business Development Manager zoe.seaton@sagepub.co.uk
For other territories outside North America please contact Tony Histed at SAGE, London. A complete price list of our books in print is available in the form of an Excel 4.0 spreadsheet. It can be downloaded from our Website at: www.sagepub.co.uk/bookSellers.nav where you should click on Complete Price List. The price list can be sorted by subject, publication date, and author. To request copies of our catalogues email: sales@sagepub.co.uk.

Overseas Sales Office and Representatives


UNITED KINGDOM & IRELAND FIELD SALES
London, South East England, & East Anglia Nick Cockayne nick.cockayne@sagepub.co.uk Wales, South West England & West Midlands Katharine Horton kate.horton@sagepub.co.uk Scotland & Ireland Lisa McCluskey lisa.mccluskey@sagepub.co.uk Northern England & East Midlands Louise Brown louise.brown@sagepub.co.uk

BENELUX, SCANDINAVIA & CENTRAL EUROPE


Benelux & Central Europe Vikrum Mehta vikrum.mehta@sagepub.co.uk Scandinavia Calum Petrie calum.petrie@sagepub.co.uk

MIDDLE EAST, AFRICA & ASIA


CENTRAL AFRICA, AFRICA, TURKEY, ISRAEL & IRAN Martin Vicars, SAGE, 1 Olivers Yard, 55 City Road,London EC1Y 1SP T: +44 (0) 20 7324 8500 F: +44 (0) 20 7324 8600 E: martin.vicars@sagepub.co.uk SOUTHERN AFRICA Academic Marketing Services PO Box 411738, Craighall 2024, South Africa T: +27 (0) 11 447 7441 F: +27 (0) 11 447 2314 E: info@academicmarketing.co.za MIDDLE EAST & NORTH AFRICA Amin Al-Abini, Area Manager Middle East (ex Iran) and North Africa 27 Melsa Project, Golf Area, Nasr City, Cairo 11341, Egypt T: +202 24170760/22906014 F: +202 22905812 M: +2 012 2211 4168 E: amin.al-abini@sagepub.co.uk KOREA ChongHo Ra, Impact Korea, Suite 715, Shinhan Nextel, 14 Dosun-Dong, Sungdong-Gu, Seoul 133-714, Korea T: +82 (02) 22960140 F: +82 (02) 22960143 E: impactkr@kornet.net JAPAN Koro Komori, SAGE 216-204, Takamiya-cho, Nakagyo-ku, Kyoto, Japan 604-0835 T: +81 (0)75 253 6247 F: +81 (0)75 253 6248 E: koro.komori@sagepub.co.uk CHINA Helen Li, SAGE, 22/F, OneLujiazui, 68 Yin Cheng Road (C), Pudong, Shanghai, 200120 China T: +86 21 6194 6788 F: +86 21 6194 6787 E: bookschina@sagepub.co.uk MALAYSIA SAGE, Suite C-06-03, Block C, Plaza Mont Kiara 2, Jalan Kiara, Mont Kiara, 50480 Kuala Lumpur T: +60 3 6211 2512 F: +60 3 6211 6512 E: sagebooks@sagepub.co.uk PHILIPPINES Tony Sagun, CRW Marketing Services for Publishers, Inc., 15 Pearl Avenue, Ortigas Greenheights, Taytay, Rizal, Philippines 1920 T: +63 (0)2 660 5480 F: +63 (0)2 660 0342 E: crwmarketing@pldtdsl.net

EUROPE
EASTERN EUROPE Marek Lewinson, Publishers Representative Bohaterewicza 3/45, 03-982 Warszawa, Poland T/F: 00 48 22 6714819 GSM: 00 48 602 707037 E: mlewinso@it.com.pl GREECE, MALTA, CYPRUS Zitsa Seraphimidi, Areos 33, Paleo Faliron 17562, Greece T: +30 21 0 524 5798 T/F: +30 21 0 981 6816 M: +30 (6) 9 4444 1184 E: zitsaser@otenet.gr

GERMANY, AUSTRIA, SWITZERLAND SPAIN AND PORTUGAL Frauke Feldmann, Cristina de Lara, Mare Nostrum, Heinrich-Roller-Strasse 21, 10405, Berlin Mare Nostrum, Condesa de Chinchn, 25. Chalet 33, 28660 T: +49 30 311 703 74 M: +49 (0)172 662 33 22 Boadilla del Monte E: fraukefeldmann@mare-nostrum.co.uk T: +34 91 633 66 65 W: www.mare-nostrum.co.uke E: cristinadelara@mare-nostrum.co.uk W: www.mare-nostrum.co.uk FRANCE AND ITALY David Pickering, Mare Nostrum, Windsor House, Cornwall Road,Harrogate, HG1 2PW T: +44 (0)1423 562232 M: +44 (0) 798 6559391 E: davidpickering@mare-nostrum.co.uk W: www.mare-nostrum.co.uk

86

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Index

A
Academic Writing and Grammar for Students, Osmond ......................................................... 67 Achieving Impact in Research, Denicolo ................................................................................... 9 Ackland Web Social Science .................................................................................................... 45 Action Research in Education, McAteer .................................................................................. 63 Action Research in Education, Second Edition Baum eld, Hall & Wall ................................ 64 Action Research in Education, Three-Volume Set Campbell & Groundwater-Smith ......... 80 Action Research, Fourth Edition Stringer ................................................................................ 33 Active Learning Exercises for Research Methods in Social Sciences, Skott & Ward ............. 3 Advances in Visual Methodology, Pink ..................................................................................... 36 Adventures in Social Research, Eighth Edition Babbie, Halley & Zaino ............................... 51 Affect and Emotion, Wetherell.................................................................................................. 76 Aldridge & Derrington The Research Funding Toolkit ........................................................... 11 Alexander Introduction to Social Network Analysis ................................................................ 46 Alferes Methods of Randomization in Experimental Design................................................... 58 All You Need to Know About Action Research, Second Edition McNiff & Whitehead ......... 33 Alkin Evaluation Roots............................................................................................................... 41 Alleyne Narrative Networks: .................................................................................................... 35 Allison Event History Analysis, Second Edition ....................................................................... 58 Altheide Qualitative Media Analysis, Second Edition ............................................................. 73 Alvesson & Sandberg Constructing Research Questions ..................................................... 18 Alvesson & Skoldberg Re exive Methodology, Second Edition ........................................... 15 Analysis in Qualitative Research, Boeije .................................................................................. 30 Analyzing Social Networks, Borgatti, Everett & Johnson..................................................... 47 Andres Designing and Doing Survey Research ....................................................................... 44 Andrews et al SAGE Handbook of Digital Dissertations and Theses .................................... 40 Andres, Squire & Tamboukou Doing Narrative Research ..................................................... 35 Aldrich & Rodriguez Building SPSS Graphs to Understand Data ......................................... 57 Aneshensel Theory-Based Data Analysis for the Social Sciences, Second Edition............. 51 Answering Questions with Statistics, Szafran ......................................................................... 53 Antonius Interpreting Quantitative Data with IBM SPSS Statistics, Second Edition ............ 50 Applications of Case Study Research, Third Edition Yin ......................................................... 35 Applications of Exponential Random Graph Modeling Harris ................................................ 58 Applied Multivariate Research, Second Edition Meyers, Gamst & Guarino......................... 54 Applied Reference for Research Designs, An Edmonds & Kennedy .................................... 18 Applied Statistical Modeling, Four Volumes ............................................................................. 82 Applied Statistics, Second Edition Warner .............................................................................. 53 Applied Thematic Analysis, Guest, MacQueen & Namey ..................................................... 26 Argyrous Statistics for Research, Third Edition ...................................................................... 50 Arthur, Waring, Coe & Hedges Research Methods and Methodologies in Education ........ 61 Assessing the Quality of Survey Data, Blasius & Thiessen ................................................... 45 Atkins & Wallace Qualitative Research in Education.............................................................. 63 Atkinson Key Concepts in Sport and Exercise Research Methods ....................................... 79 Atkinson Researching Sport, Exercise & Health ..................................................................... 79 Atkinson & Delamont SAGE Qualitative Research Methods, Four-Volume Set ................... 83 Autobiography Research, Four Volumes Sikes ........................................................................ 82

Blunch Introduction to Structural Equation Modeling Using IBM SPSS Statistics and Amos, Second Edition ........................................................................................................................... 53 Boeije Analysis in Qualitative Research ................................................................................... 30 Bold Using Narrative in Research ............................................................................................. 35 Booth, Papaioannou & Sutton Systematic Approaches to a Successful Literature Review ........................................................................................................................ 19 Borgatti, Everett & Johnson Analyzing Social Networks ...................................................... 47 Botterill & Platenkamp Key Concepts in Tourism Research ................................................. 78 Braham Key Concepts in Sociology ........................................................................................... 6 Braun & Clarke Successful Qualitative Research ................................................................... 24 Breakwell, Smith & Wright Research Methods in Psychology, Fourth Edition .................... 75 Briggs et al Research Methods in Educational Leadership and Management, .................... 66 Brinkmann Qualitative Inquiry in Everyday Life ....................................................................... 25 British Social Attitudes 28, Park, Clery, Curtice, Philips & Utting ....................................... 45 Brundrett & Rhodes Researching Educational Leadership and Management .....................66 Bryant & Charmaz The SAGE Handbook of Grounded Theory ............................................. 32 Buchanan & Bryman The SAGE Handbook of Organizational Research Methods ..............60 Bui How to Write a Master's Thesis, Second Edition ............................................................... 13 Building SPSS Graphs to Understand Data Aldrich & Rodriguez ......................................... 57 Byrne & Uprichard Cluster Analysis, Four-Volume Set .......................................................... 84

C
Callegaro, Lozar Manfreda & Vehovar Web Survey Methodology ...................................... 44 Campbell & Groundwater-Smith Action Research in Education, Three-Volume Set ......... 80 Carolan Social Network Analysis and Education .................................................................... 47 Carr Nuts and Bolts of Grant Writing, The................................................................................ 11 Carlson & Winquist Introduction to Statistics, An .................................................................. 52 Case Studies for Ethics in Academic Research in the Social Sciences Flynn & Goldsmith 16 Case Study Methods in Business Research, Four-Volume Set Mills & Durepos .................. 80 Case Study Methods in Edcuation, 4 Volume Set Thomas ..................................................... 80 Case Study Research, Fourth Edition Yin ................................................................................ 34 Cases in Online Interview Research Salmons ......................................................................... 39 Chamberlain Understanding Criminological Research .......................................................... 74 Chambliss & Schutt Making Sense of the Social World, Fourth Edition ................................. 5 Charmaz Constructing Grounded Theory, Second Edition .................................................... 31 Check & Schutt Research Methods in Education ................................................................... 61 Chen Practical Program Evaluation, Second Edition............................................................... 42 Clarke & Charmaz Grounded Theory and Situational Analysis, Four-Volume Set ............... 81 Classroom-based Research and Evidence-based Practice, Second Edition Taber ............. 61 Clough & Nutbrown A Student's Guide to Methodology, Third Edition .................................. 7 Cluster Analysis, Four-Volume Set Byrne & Uprichard .......................................................... 84 Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers, The Second Edition Saldana ......................... 29 Coffey & Hall Researching Young People, Three-Volume Set................................................ 80 Coghlan & Brannick Doing Action Research in Your Own Organization, Third Edition ....... 33 Collecting and Interpreting Qualitative Materials, Fourth Edition Denzin & Lincoln ............. 27 Companion to Survey Research, A Ornstein ........................................................................... 45 Comparative-Historical Methods, Lange ................................................................................... 7 Completing Your Qualitative Dissertation, Second Edition Bloomberg & Volpe .................. 14 Conducting Needs Assessments, Second Edition Soriano.................................................... 41 Conducting Online Surveys, Second Edition Sue & Ritter ..................................................... 39 Conducting Policy Action Research in Education Jimenez-Castellanos & Espinosa ........ 64 Conducting Research Literature Reviews, Third Edition Fink ................................................. 19 Constructing Grounded Theory, Second Edition Charmaz .................................................... 31 Constructing Research Questions, Alvesson & Sandberg .................................................... 18 Constructing Survey Data, Gobo & Mauceri ........................................................................... 44 Consulting Start-Up and Management, Barrington ................................................................ 41 Consumer Research Methods, Four-Volume Set Fitchett & Davies ...................................... 82 Contemporary Studies in Conversation Analysis, Four-Volume Set Drew & Heritage ......... 81 Content Analysis Guidebook, The Second Edition Neuendorf .............................................. 38 Content Analysis, Third Edition Krippendorff ......................................................................... 37 Coolidge Statistics, Third Edition ............................................................................................. 53 Cooper Essential Research Findings in Counselling and Psychotherapy .............................. 73 Corbin & Strauss Basics of Qualitative Research, Fourth Edition ......................................... 24 Correlation and Regression Analysis, Four-Volume Set Vogt & Johnson ............................. 82 Corti, Woollard, Van den Eynden & Bishop Managing and Sharing Research Data ............ 8 Coughlan, Ryan & Cronin Doing a Literature Review in Nursing, Health and Social Care .. 71 Creswell Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design, Third Edition .......................................... 17 Creswell Research Design, Fourth Edition .............................................................................. 17 Creswell & Clark Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research, Second Edition... 40 Critical Ethnography, Second Edition Madison ....................................................................... 32 Curtis & Curtis Social Research ................................................................................................ 3

B
Babbie, Halley & Zaino Adventures in Social Research, Eighth Edition ............................... 51 Babones Quantitative Tools for Macro-Comparative Research ............................................. 43 Babones Regression Modeling, Four Volumes ........................................................................ 82 Bamberger, Rugh & Mabry RealWorld Evaluation, Second Edition ..................................... 42 Bannigan Successful Research Projects in Health and Social Care...................................... 70 Barbour Introducing Qualitative Research, Second Edition ................................................... 21 Barker Bausell Healthcare Evaluation, Four-Volume Set ....................................................... 80 Barrington Consulting Start-Up and Management ................................................................. 41 Basics of Qualitative Research, Fourth Edition Corbin & Strauss ......................................... 24 Bauer, Suerdem & Bicquelet Textual Analysis, Four Volumes .............................................. 83 Baum eld, Hall & Wall Action Research in Education, Second Edition ................................ 64 Bazeley Qualitative Data Analysis ............................................................................................ 28 Bazeley & Jackson Qualitative Data Analysis with NVivo, Second Edition ........................... 28 Becker & Denicolo Publishing Journal Articles ...................................................................... 10 Becker & Denicolo Teaching in Higher Education .................................................................. 10 Becoming an Academic Writer Goodson ................................................................................. 11 Beginner's Guide to Doing Your Education Research Project, A Lambert ............................ 65 Being Ethnographic, Madden ................................................................................................... 32 Belk, Fischer & Kozinets Qualitative Consumer and Marketing Research .......................... 60 Bernard Social Research Methods, Second Edition ................................................................. 3 Best Practices in Data Cleaning, Osborne............................................................................... 57 Blair Designing Surveys, Third Edition ..................................................................................... 44 Blasius & Thiessen Assessing the Quality of Survey Data .................................................... 45 Bloomberg & Volpe Completing Your Qualitative Dissertation.............................................. 14

D
Dancey, Reidy & Rowe Statistics for the Health Sciences .................................................... 69

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

87

Index

Danchev & Ross Research Ethics for Counsellors, Nurses & Social Workers ...................... 71 Data Analysis using R Commander, Hutcheson ..................................................................... 57 Data Collection, Olsen................................................................................................................. 8 David & Sutton Social Research, Second Edition..................................................................... 2 D'Cruz & Jones Social Work Research in Practice, Second Edition ..................................... 72 de Vaus Research Design in Social Research ......................................................................... 17 Delamont Ethnographic Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set ......................................... 83 Denicolo Achieving Impact in Research .................................................................................... 9 Denicolo & Becker Developing Research Proposals ............................................................. 10 Denicolo & Reeves Developing Transferable Skills .................................................................. 9 Denzin & Lincoln Collecting and Interpreting Qualitative Materials, Fourth Edition ............. 27 Denzin & Lincoln Strategies of Qualitative Inquiry, Fourth Edition ........................................ 27 Denzin & Lincoln The Landscape of Qualitative Research, Fourth Edition ........................... 27 Denzin & Lincoln The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research, Fourth Edition ................. 26 Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research, Second Edition Creswell & Clark... 40 Designing and Doing Survey Research, Andres ...................................................................... 44 Designing and Managing Programs, Fourth Edition Kettner, Moroney & Martin ................ 68 Designing Qualitative Research, Fifth Edition Marshall & Rossman..................................... 18 Designing Research in the Social Sciences, Maggetti, Radaelli & Gilardi .......................... 17 Designing Surveys, Third Edition Blair ..................................................................................... 44 Detweiler-Bedell Doing Collaborative Research in Psychology ............................................ 76 DeVellis Scale Development, Third Edition .............................................................................. 54 Developing Effective Research Proposals, Second Edition Punch ........................................ 11 Developing Research Proposals, Denicolo & Becker ............................................................ 10 Developing Transferable Skills, Denicolo & Reeves ................................................................. 9 Diary Methods, Nezlek .............................................................................................................. 77 Dicks Digital Qualitative Research Methods, Four-Volume Set .............................................. 83 Dickson & Boland Doing a Systematic Review ....................................................................... 20 Digital Qualitative Research Methods, Four-Volume Set Dicks .............................................. 83 Digital Tools for Qualitative Research Paulus, Lester & Dempster ..................................... 25 Discovering Statistics using IBM SPSS Statistics, Fourth Edition Field................................. 48 Discovering Statistics Using R, Field, Miles & Field ............................................................... 49 Discovering Statistics Using SAS, Field & Miles ..................................................................... 49 Do the Math!, White ................................................................................................................... 50 Documentary & Archival Research, 4 Volume Set Hughes & Goodwin................................. 81 Doing a Literature Review in Nursing, Health and Social Care, Coughlan, Ryan & Cronin . 71 Doing a Research Project in Nursing and Midwifery, Siu & Comerasamy ............................ 70 Doing a Systematic Review, Dickson & Boland ...................................................................... 20 Doing Action Research in Your Own Organization, Third Edition Coghlan & Brannick ....... 33 Doing Collaborative Research in Psychology Detweiler-Bedell............................................ 76 Doing Counselling Research, Third Edition McLeod ............................................................... 73 Doing Discourse Research, Keller ............................................................................................ 37 Doing Excellent Small-Scale Research, Layder ........................................................................ 9 Doing Interviews, Kvale ............................................................................................................. 34 Doing Narrative Research, Andrews, Squire & Tamboukou ................................................. 35 Doing Q Methodological Research, Watts & Stenner ............................................................ 43 Doing Qualitative Research Differently, Second Edition Hollway & Jefferson ..................... 25 Doing Qualitiatve Research, Fourth Edition Silverman ........................................................... 22 Doing Research in the Real World, Third Edition Gray .............................................................. 4 Doing Research with Children, Third Edition Greig, Taylor & MacKay ................................. 62 Doing Visual Ethnography Pink ................................................................................................. 32 Doing Your Early Years Research Project, Second Edition Roberts-Holmes ....................... 65 Doing Your Literature Review, Jesson, Matheson & Lacey................................................... 19 Doing Your Masters Dissertation, Furseth & Everett.............................................................. 14 Doing Your Qualitative Psychology Project, Sullivan, Gibson & Riley .................................. 75 Dorling The Population of the UK, Second Edition ................................................................. 78 Drew & Heritage Contemporary Studies in Conversation Analysis, Four-Volume Set ......... 81 Dynamics of Social Practice, The Shove, Pantzar & Watson .................................................. 5

Essentials of Business Research, Second Edition Wilson ...................................................... 59 Essentials of Social Statistics for a Diverse Society Leon-Guerreo & Frankfort-Nachmias . ..................................................................................................................................................... 51 Essentials of Utilization-Focused Evaluation, Patton .............................................................. 41 Ethics in Qualitative Research, Hammersley & Traianou ...................................................... 16 Ethics in Qualitative Research, Second Edition Miller, Birch, Mauthner & Jessop ............ 16 Ethnographic Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set Delamont ......................................... 83 Ethnography in Context, Four-Volume Set Hobbs ................................................................... 83 Ethnography in Education, Mills & Morton .............................................................................. 63 Ethnomethodology, Four-Volume Set Lynch & Sharrock ....................................................... 83 Evaluation By and For Organizations Laubli & Mayne ............................................................ 59 Evaluation Roots, Second Edition ............................................................................................. 41 Evaluation, Seventh Edition Rossi, Lipsey & Freeman .......................................................... 41 Evans Using Basic Statistics in the Social Sciences, Fifth Edition ......................................... 50 Event History Analysis, Four-Volume Set Wu ........................................................................... 83 Event History Analysis, Second Edition Allison ....................................................................... 58 Evidence Based Public Health Practice, Fink .......................................................................... 69 Excel Statistics, Second Salkind .............................................................................................. 56 Experimental Design, Fourth Edition Kirk ................................................................................ 76 Experimental Design in the Behavioral and Sociel Sciences Schneider ............................... 82

F
Fahy & Rau Methods of Sustainability Research in the Social Sciences ............................... 78 Feminist Measures in Survey Research, Harnois .................................................................... 45 Feminist Research Practice, Second Edition Hesse-Biber ...................................................... 6 Field Discovering Statistics using IBM SPSS Statistics, Fourth Edition................................. 48 Field & Hole How to Design and Report Experiments ............................................................ 43 Field & Miles Discovering Statistics Using SAS ...................................................................... 49 Field, Miles & Field Discovering Statistics Using R ................................................................ 49 Fildes & Allen Forecasting, Five-Volume Set........................................................................... 83 Fink Conducting Research Literature Reviews, Third Edition ................................................. 19 Fink Evidence Based Public Health Practice ........................................................................... 69 Fink How to Conduct Surveys, Fifth Edition............................................................................. 44 Fitchett & Davies Consumer Research Methods, Four-Volume Set ...................................... 82 Flash Programming for the Social & Behavioral Sciences Weinstein .................................... 40 Flick An Introduction to Qualitative Research, Fourth Edition ................................................ 21 Flick Introducing Research Methodology ................................................................................ 21 Flick The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Data Analysis ......................................................... 30 Flynn & Goldsmith Case Studies for Ethics in Academic Research in the Social Sciences 16 Focus Group Research, Four-Volume Set Walden .................................................................. 82 Focus Groups, Fourth Edition Krueger & Casey..................................................................... 34 Ford The Essential Guide to Using the Web for Research ...................................................... 39 Forecasting, Five-Volume Set Fildes & Allen........................................................................... 83 Foundations of Psychological Testing, Fourth Edition Miller, Lovler & McIntire.................. 76 Fowler Jr Survey Research Methods, Fourth Edition.............................................................. 43 Francis Introduction to Statistics On-Line ............................................................................... 49 Friese Qualitative Data Analysis with ATLAS.ti ........................................................................ 29 Furseth & Everett Doing Your Masters Dissertation............................................................... 14

G
Garson Hierarchical Linear Modeling ....................................................................................... 55 Gibson & Hartman Rediscovering Grouded Theory............................................................... 31 Gilbert Researching Social Life, Third Edition ........................................................................... 3 Gobo & Mauceri Constructing Survey Data ............................................................................ 44 Goodson Becoming an Academic Writer ................................................................................. 11 Goodwin SAGE Biographical Research, Four-Volume Set ..................................................... 84 Goodwin SAGE Secondary Data Analysis, Four-Volume Set ................................................. 84 Gorard Quantitative Research in Education, Three-Volume Set ............................................ 80 Gorard Research Design........................................................................................................... 16 Gough, Oliver & Thomas An Introduction to Systematic Reviews ........................................ 20 Grant, Hardy & Putnam Organizational Discourse Studies, Three-Volume Set ................... 84 Gray Doing Research in the Real World, Third Edition .............................................................. 4 Grbich Qualitative Data Analysis, Second Edition ................................................................... 29 Green & Thorogood Qualitative Methods for Health Research, Third Edition ...................... 69 Greenstein Methods of Family Research, Third Edition ......................................................... 67 Gregory & Neath STATLAB Online .......................................................................................... 53 Greig, Taylor & MacKay Doing Research with Children, Third Edition ................................. 62 Gribben The Study Skills Toolkit for Students with Dyslexia .................................................. 67 Grounded Theory and Situational Analysis, Four-Volume Set Clarke & Charmaz ............... 81 Grounded Theory for Qualitative Research, Urquhart ............................................................ 31 Guest, MacQueen & Namey Applied Thematic Analysis....................................................... 26 Guest Public Health Research Methods .................................................................................. 69 Guo & Fraser Propensity Score Analysis ................................................................................. 55

E
Easterby-Smith et al Management Research ........................................................................ 60 Edmonds & Kennedy An Applied Reference for Research Designs...................................... 18 Educational Research, Fourth Edition Johnson & Christensen ............................................ 62 Ellis Understanding Research for Nursing Students ............................................................... 71 Emmel Sampling and Choosing Cases in Qualitative Research............................................. 26 Emmison, Mayall & Smith Researching the Visual, Second Edition ..................................... 36 Engel & Schutt The Practice of Research in Social Work, Third Edition ............................... 70 Enhancing Communication & Collaboration in Interdisciplinary Research O'Rourke, et al ... 8 Eriksson & Kovalainen Qualitative Methods in Business Research ..................................... 60 Essential First Steps to Data Analysis Parke ........................................................................... 52 Essential Guide to Doing Your Research Project, The Second Edition O'Leary .................... 12 Essential Guide to Using the Web for Research, The Ford ..................................................... 39 Essential Research Findings in Counselling and Psychotherapy, Cooper ............................. 73

88

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Index

H
Haase Multivariate General Linear Models .............................................................................. 58 Hair et al A Primer on Partial Least Squares Structural Equation Modeling, A ...................... 43 Halfpenny & Procter Innovations in Digital Methodologies ................................................... 39 Hamilton Visual Research Methods 2, Four-Volume Set ........................................................ 81 Hamilton & Corbett-Whittier Using Case Study in Education Research ............................. 63 Hammersley The Myth of Research-Based Policy and Practice ............................................. 8 Hammersley & Traianou Ethics in Qualitative Research ....................................................... 16 Handbook of Feminist Research, Second Edition Hesse-Biber .............................................. 6 Hanley, Lennie & West Introducing Counselling and Psychotherapy Research .................. 72 Harding Qualitative Data Analysis from Start to Finish ........................................................... 30 Harnois Feminist Measures in Survey Research ..................................................................... 45 Harrison & Callan Key Research Concepts in Politics and International Relations.............. 77 Harris Applications of Exponential Random Graph Modeling ................................................ 58 Healthcare Evaluation, Four-Volume Set Barker Bausell ....................................................... 80 Hennink, Hutter & Bailey Qualitative Research Methods...................................................... 22 Hepburn & Bolden Transcribing for Social Research ............................................................... 6 Hesse-Biber Feminist Research Practice, Second Edition ...................................................... 6 Hesse-Biber Handbook of Feminist Research, Second Edition .............................................. 6 Heteroskedasticity in Regression Kaufman ............................................................................ 58 Hewson, Vogel & Laurent Internet Research Methods, Second Edition .............................. 38 Hierarchical Linear Modeling Garson ....................................................................................... 55 Hierarchical Linear Models, Second Edition Raudenbush & Bryk ........................................ 55 Hine Virtual Research Methods, Four-Volume Set................................................................... 81 Hobbs Ethnography in Context, Four-Volume Set ................................................................... 83 Hollway & Jefferson Doing Qualitative Research Differently, Second Edition ..................... 25 Holmes Using Propensity Scores in Quasi-ExperimentalDesigns ......................................... 55 Holstein & Gubrium Varieties of Narrative Analysis ............................................................... 35 How to Conduct Surveys, Fifth Edition Fink............................................................................. 44 How to Design and Report Experiments, Field & Hole ........................................................... 43 How to Design, Write, and Present a Successful Dissertation Proposal Wentz .................... 13 How to Do Critical Discourse Analysis, Machin & Mayr ......................................................... 37 How to Do Media and Cultural Studies, Second Edition Stokes ............................................ 73 How to do your Case Study, Thomas ....................................................................................... 34 How to Do Your Research Project, Second Edition Thomas .................................................. 12 How to Write a Master's Thesis, Second Edition Bui ............................................................... 13 Howard Introduction to Statistics ............................................................................................. 49 Howell An Introduction to the Philosophy of Methodology ..................................................... 14 Hughes Researching Gender, Four-Volume Set ...................................................................... 80 Hughes SAGE Internet Research Methods, Four-Volume Set ................................................ 84 Hughes SAGE Visual Methods, Four-Volume Set .................................................................... 84 Hughes & Goodwin Documentary & Archival Research, 4 Volume Set................................. 81 Humanizing Research Paris & Winn......................................................................................... 67 Hutcheson Data Analysis using R Commander ...................................................................... 57

Introduction to Structural Equation Modeling Using IBM SPSS Statistics and Amos, Second Edition Blunch............................................................................................................................ 53 Introduction to Systematic Reviews, An Gough, Oliver & Thomas ....................................... 20 Introduction to the Philosophy of Methodology, An Howell .................................................... 14 Investigating the Social World, Seventh Edition Schutt ............................................................ 5 Ivankova Mixed Methods Applications in Action Research .................................................... 40

J
Jesson, Matheson & Lacey Doing Your Literature Review.................................................... 19 Jewitt, Price & Brown The Sage Handbook of Digital Technology Research ...................... 39 Jimenez-Castellanos&Espinosa Conducting Policy Action Research in Education .......... 64 Johnson & Christensen Educational Research, Fourth Edition ............................................ 62 Jones Researching Organisations ............................................................................................ 59 Jones, Brown & Holloway Qualitative Research in Sport and Physical Activity .................. 79

K
Kaufman Heteroskedasticity in Regression ............................................................................ 58 Keller Doing Discourse Research ............................................................................................. 37 Kettner, Moroney & Martin Designing and Managing Programs, Fourth Edition ................ 68 Key Concepts in Sociology, Braham .......................................................................................... 6 Key Concepts in Sport and Exercise Research Methods, Atkinson ...................................... 79 Key Concepts in Tourism Research, Botterill & Platenkamp ................................................ 78 Key Research Concepts in Politics and International Relations, Harrison & Callan............. 77 King & Stevahn Interactive Evaluation Practice ...................................................................... 42 Kirk Experimental Design, Fourth Edition ................................................................................ 76 Kiteley & Stogdon Literature Reviews in Social Work ............................................................ 71 Knowlton & Phillips The Logic Model Guidebook, Second Edition ......................................60 Kozinets Netnography .............................................................................................................. 39 Krippendorff Content Analysis, Third Edition ......................................................................... 37 Krueger & Casey Focus Groups, Fourth Edition..................................................................... 34 Kuckartz Qualitative Content Analysis .................................................................................... 38 Kumar Research Methodology, Third Edition ............................................................................ 2 Kvale Doing Interviews .............................................................................................................. 34 Kvale & Brinkmann InterViews, Second Edition ..................................................................... 33

L
Lambert A Beginner's Guide to Doing Your Education Research Project ............................. 65 Landers A Step-by-Step Guide to Statistics for Business ...................................................... 59 Landscape of Qualitative Research, The Fourth Edition Denzin & Lincoln ........................... 27 Lange Comparative-Historical Methods .................................................................................... 7 Latent Class Analysis, Second Edition McCutcheon ............................................................. 58 Laubli & Mayne Evaluation By and For Organizations Laubli ................................................ 59 Laws, Harper, Jones & Marcus Research for Development, Second Edition ..................... 77 Layder Doing Excellent Small-Scale Research ......................................................................... 9 Leon-Guerreo & Frankfort-Nachmias Essentials of Social Statistics for a Diverse Society ..................................................................................................................................................... 51 Letherby, Scott & Williams Objectivity and Subjectivity in Social Research ....................... 14 Lewins & Silver Using Software in Qualitative Research, Second Edition ............................ 26 Lichtman Qualitative Research for the Social Sciences ......................................................... 24 Lichtman Qualitative Research in Education, Third Edition.................................................... 63 Lindlof & Taylor Qualitative Communication Research Methods, Third Edition ................... 73 Literature Review, The Second Edition Ridley ......................................................................... 19 Literature Reviews in Social Work, Kiteley & Stogdon ........................................................... 71 Locke, Spirduso & Silverman Proposals That Work, Sixth Edition ...................................... 11 Logic Model Guidebook, The Second Edition Knowlton & Phillips ......................................60 Long Longitudinal Data Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences Using R .................................. 51 Longest Using Stata for Quantitative Analysis ........................................................................ 54 Longitudinal Data Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences Using R, Long ................................. 51 Loseke Methodological Thinking................................................................................................ 7 Lynch & Sharrock Ethnomethodology, Four-Volume Set ....................................................... 83

I
Innovations in Digital Methodologies, Halfpenny & Procter .................................................. 39 Integrating Qualitative and Quantitative Methods Morgan ....................................................... 7 Interactive Evaluation Practice, King & Stevahn ..................................................................... 42 Interdisciplinary Research, Second Edition Repko ................................................................... 8 Intermediate Statistics Pelham ................................................................................................. 55 Internet Research Methods, Second Edition Hewson, Vogel & Laurent .............................. 38 Internet Research Skills, Third Edition O Dochartaigh ........................................................... 38 Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis, Smith, Flowers & Larkin ................................... 29 Interpreting Qualitative Data, Fourth Edition Silverman ......................................................... 22 Interpreting Quantitative Data with IBM SPSS Statistics, Second Edition Antonius ............ 50 InterViews, Second Edition Kvale & Brinkmann ..................................................................... 33 Introducing Communication Research, Second Edition Treadwell........................................ 74 Introducing Counselling and Psychotherapy Research, Hanley, Lennie & West ................. 72 Introducing Qualitative Research, Second Edition Barbour ................................................... 21 Introducing Research Methodology, Flick ............................................................................... 21 Introduction to Research in Counselling and Psychotherapy, An McLeod ............................ 72 Introduction to Health Services Research, An Walker ............................................................ 69 Introduction to MATLAB for Behavioral Researchers, An Madan........................................... 53 Introduction to Qualitative Research, An, Fourth Edition Flick ............................................... 21 Introduction to Research Methods in Education, Punch......................................................... 61 Introduction to Scienti c Research Methods in Geography d Environmental Studies, An, Second Edition Montello & Sutton .......................................................................................... 78 Introduction to Social Network Analysis, Alexander ............................................................... 46 Introduction to Social Research, Third Edition Punch............................................................... 2 Introduction to Statistics Howard ............................................................................................. 49 IntroStats On-Line Francis........................................................................................................ 49 Introduction to Statistics, An Carlson & Winquist .................................................................. 52

M
Machin & Mayr How to Do Critical Discourse Analysis .......................................................... 37 Madan Introduction to MATLAB for Behavioral Researchers, An........................................... 53 Madden Being Ethnographic .................................................................................................... 32 Madison Critical Ethnography, Second Edition ....................................................................... 32 Maggetti, Radaelli & Gilardi Designing Research in the Social Sciences ........................... 17 Majchrzak Methods for Policy Research, Second Edition ..................................................... 77 Making Sense of the Social World, Fourth Edition Chambliss & Schutt ................................. 5 Management Research Easterby-Smith et al ........................................................................ 60 Managing and Sharing Research Data, Corti, Woollard, Van den Eynden & Bishop ........... 8 Margolis & Pauwels The SAGE Handbook of Visual Research Methods ............................. 35 Marshall & Rossman Designing Qualitative Research, Fifth Edition..................................... 18

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

89

Index

Marvasti, Holstein, Gubrium & McKinney Marvasti The SAGE Handbook of Interview Research, Second Edition ......................................................................................................... 34 Mason Qualitative Researching, Second Edition..................................................................... 22 Maxwell A Realist Approach to Qualitative Design ................................................................. 18 Maxwell Qualitative Research Design, Third Edition............................................................... 18 McAteer Action Research in Education ................................................................................... 63 McCutcheon Latent Class Analysis, Second Edition ............................................................. 58 McDavid & Hawthorn Program Evaluation and Performance Measurement........................ 42 McKeown & Thomas Q Methodology, Second Edition .......................................................... 58 McLaughlin Understanding Social Work Research, Second Edition ..................................... 68 McLeod An Introduction to Research in Counselling and Psychotherapy ............................. 72 McLeod Doing Counselling Research, Third Edition ............................................................... 73 McNiff & Whitehead All You Need to Know About Action Research, Second Edition ......... 33 Media Audiences, Sullivan........................................................................................................ 74 Methodological Thinking, Loseke............................................................................................... 7 Methods for Policy Research, Second Edition Majchrzak ..................................................... 77 Methods of Family Research, Third Edition Greenstein ......................................................... 67 Methods of Randomization in Experimental Design, Alferes ................................................. 58 Methods of Sustainability Research in the Social Sciences, Fahy & Rau .............................. 78 Meyers, Gamst & Guarino Applied Multivariate Research, Second Edition......................... 54 Miller, Birch, Mauthner & Jessop Ethics in Qualitative Research, Second Edition ............ 16 Miller, Lovler & McIntire Foundations of Psychological Testing, Fourth Edition.................. 76 Mills & Birks Qualitative Methodology ..................................................................................... 21 Mills & Durepos Case Study Methods in Business Research, Four-Volume Set .................. 80 Mills & Morton Ethnography in Education ............................................................................... 63 Mixed Methods Applications in Action Research Ivankova .................................................... 40 Montello & Sutton An Introduction to Scienti c Research Methods in Geography and Environmental Studies, Second Edition .................................................................................... 78 Morgan Integrating Qualitative and Quantitative Methods ....................................................... 7 Morse & Richards README FIRST for a User's Guide to Qualitative Methods, Third Edition 25 Moule & Goodman Nursing Research, Second Edition ......................................................... 70 Mukherji & Albon Research Methods in Early Childhood ...................................................... 65 Multilevel Analysis, Second Edition Snijders & Bosker.......................................................... 54 Multivariate General Linear Models, Haase ............................................................................. 58 Myers Qualitative Research in Business & Management ........................................................ 61 Myth of Research-Based Policy and Practice, The Hammersley ............................................ 8

Penn & Berridge Statistical Analysis of Continuous Data, Four-Volume Set ........................ 82 Perri 6 & Bellamy Principles of Methodology.......................................................................... 15 Picardi & Masick Research Methods ........................................................................................ 5 Pink Advances in Visual Methodology...................................................................................... 36 Pink Situating Everyday Life ...................................................................................................... 32 Pink Doing Visual Ethnography ................................................................................................. 32 Planning Ethically Responsible Research, Second Edition Sieber ......................................... 16 Population of the UK, The Second Edition Dorling ................................................................. 78 Practical Guide to Using Panel Data, A Nandi & Longhi......................................................... 30 Practical Program Evaluation, Second Edition Chen............................................................... 42 Practice of Research in Social Work, The Third Edition Engel & Schutt ............................... 70 Prell Social Network Analysis ................................................................................................... 46 Primer on Partial Least Squares (PLS) Path Modeling, A Hair et al ........................................ 55 Principles of Methodology, Perri 6 & Bellamy ......................................................................... 15 Prior Using Documents and Records in Social Research, Four-Volume Set ......................... 83 Privitera Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences ...................................................................... 51 Privitera Student Study Guide with SPSS Workbook for Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences ..................................................................................................................................... 51 Problem-Centred Interview, The Witzel & Reiter .................................................................... 34 Program Evaluation and Performance Measurement, McDavid & Hawthorn ...................... 42 Propensity Score Analysis, Guo & Fraser................................................................................ 55 Proposals That Work, Sixth Edition Locke, Spirduso & Silverman ...................................... 11 Public Health Research Methods Guest .................................................................................. 69 Publishing Journal Articles, Becker & Denicolo ..................................................................... 10 Punch Developing Effective Research Proposals, Second Edition ........................................ 11 Punch Introduction to Research Methods in Education .......................................................... 61 Punch Introduction to Social Research, Third Edition............................................................... 2

Q
Q Methodology, Second Edition McKeown & Thomas .......................................................... 58 Qualitative and Mixed Methods in Public Health, Padgett...................................................... 68 Qualitative Communication Research Methods, Third Edition Lindlof & Taylor ................... 73 Qualitative Consumer and Marketing Research, Belk, Fischer & Kozinets ......................... 60 Qualitative Content Analysis in Practice, Schreier .................................................................. 37 Qualitative Content Analysis, Kuckartz ................................................................................... 38 Qualitative Data Analysis from Start to Finish, Harding .......................................................... 30 Qualitative Data Analysis Using a Dialogical Approach, Sullivan ........................................... 29 Qualitative Data Analysis with ATLAS.ti, Friese ....................................................................... 29 Qualitative Data Analysis with NVivo, Second Edition Bazeley & Jackson ........................... 28 Qualitative Data Analysis, Bazeley ........................................................................................... 28 Qualitative Data Analysis, Second Edition Grbich ................................................................... 29 Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design, Third Edition Creswell .......................................... 17 Qualitative Inquiry in Everyday Life, Brinkmann ...................................................................... 25 Qualitative Interviewing, Third Edition Rubin & Rubin ............................................................ 33 Qualitative Media Analysis, Second Edition Altheide ............................................................. 73 Qualitative Methodology, Mills & Birks .................................................................................... 21 Qualitative Methods for Health Research, Third Edition Green & Thorogood ...................... 69 Qualitative Methods in Business Research, Eriksson & Kovalainen ....................................60 Qualitative Organizational Research, Symon & Cassell ......................................................... 60 Qualitative Psychology, Second Edition Smith ........................................................................ 75 Qualitative Research and Evaluation Methods, Third Edition Patton ..................................... 42 Qualitative Research Design, Third Edition Maxwell............................................................... 18 Qualitative Research for the Social Sciences, Lichtman ........................................................ 24 Qualitative Research in Business & Management Myers ........................................................ 61 Qualitative Research in Education, Atkins & Wallace ............................................................ 63 Qualitative Research in Education, Third Edition Lichtman.................................................... 63 Qualitative Research in Sport and Physical Activity, Jones, Brown & Holloway ................. 79 Qualitative Research Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set Torrance .............................. 80 Qualitative Research Methods, Hennink, Hutter & Bailey..................................................... 22 Qualitative Research Practice, Second Edition Ritchie et al .................................................. 24 Qualitative Research, Third Edition Silverman ........................................................................ 23 Qualitative Researching, Second Edition Mason..................................................................... 22 Quantitative Research in Education, Three-Volume Set Gorard ............................................ 80 Quantitative Tools for Macro-Comparative Research, Babones ............................................ 43 Quraishi & Philburn Researching Racism................................................................................. 6

N
Nandi & Longhi A Practical Guide to Using Panel Data.......................................................... 30 Narrative Networks: Alleyne ..................................................................................................... 35 Netnography, Kozinets ............................................................................................................. 39 Neuendorf The Content Analysis Guidebook, Second Edition .............................................. 38 Newton & Rudestam Your Statistical Consultant, Second Edition ....................................... 50 Nezlek Diary Methods ............................................................................................................... 77 Nolan, Macfarlane & Cartmel Research in Early Childhood ................................................. 65 Nursing Research, Second Edition Moule & Goodman ......................................................... 70 Nuts and Bolts of Grant Writing, The Carr................................................................................ 11

O
O Dochartaigh Internet Research Skills, Third Edition ........................................................... 38 Objectivity and Subjectivity in Social Research, Letherby, Scott & Williams ...................... 14 Observation Methods, Four-Volume Set Smart, Peggs & Burridge ..................................... 81 O'Leary The Essential Guide to Doing Your Research Project, Second Edition .................... 12 Olsen Data Collection.................................................................................................................. 8 Onwuegbuzie & Frels Seven Steps to a Comprehensive Literature Review......................... 19 O'Reilly, Dogra & Ronzoni Research with Children ............................................................... 64 O'Rourke, Sanford & Wulfhorst Enhancing Communication & Collaboration in Interdisciplinary Research .......................................................................................................... 8 Organizational Discourse Studies, Three-Volume Set Grant, Hardy & Putnam ................... 84 Ornstein A Companion to Survey Research ............................................................................ 45 Osborne Best Practices in Data Cleaning................................................................................ 57 Osmond Academic Writing and Grammar for Students .......................................................... 67

P
Padgett Qualitative and Mixed Methods in Public Health ....................................................... 68 Paris & Winn Humanizing Research......................................................................................... 67 Park, Clery, Curtice, Philips & Utting British Social Attitudes 28 ........................................ 45 Parke Essential First Steps to Data Analysis ........................................................................... 52 Partner & Foot The SAGE Handbook of Historical Theory ..................................................... 15 Patton Essentials of Utilization-Focused Evaluation ............................................................... 41 Patton Qualitative Research and Evaluation Methods, Third Edition ..................................... 42 Paulus, Lester & Dempster Digital Tools for Qualitative Research ...................................... 25 Pawson The Science of Evaluation........................................................................................... 41 Pelham Intermediate Statistics ................................................................................................. 55

R
Raudenbush & Bryk Hierarchical Linear Models, Second Edition ........................................ 55 Ravitch Reason & Rigor .............................................................................................................. 5 README FIRST for a User's Guide to Qualitative Methods Morse & Richards................... 25 Realist Approach to Qualitative Design, A Maxwell ................................................................ 18 RealWorld Evaluation, Second Edition Bamberger, Rugh & Mabry ..................................... 42 Reason & Bradbury The SAGE Handbook of Action Research, Second Edition.................. 33 Reason & Rigor, Ravitch ............................................................................................................. 5

90

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Index

Rediscovering Grouded Theory, Gibson & Hartman .............................................................. 31 Re exive Methodology, Second Edition Alvesson & Skoldberg ........................................... 15 Regression Modeling, Four Volumes Babones ........................................................................ 82 Regression, ANOVA, and the General Linear Model ................................................................ 55 Repko Interdisciplinary Research, Second Edition ................................................................... 8 Research Design in Social Research, de Vaus ........................................................................ 17 Research Design, Gorard.......................................................................................................... 16 Research Design, Fourth Edition Creswell .............................................................................. 17 Research Ethics for Counsellors, Nurses & Social Workers Danchev & Ross ...................... 71 Research for Development, Second Edition Laws, Harper, Jones & Marcus ..................... 77 Research Funding Toolkit, The Aldridge & Derrington .......................................................... 11 Research in Early Childhood, Nolan, Macfarlane & Cartmel................................................ 65 Research Methodology, Third Edition Kumar ............................................................................ 2 Research Methods Picardi & Masick ........................................................................................ 5 Research Methods and Methodologies in Education, Arthur, Waring, Coe & Hedges ....... 61 Research Methods for Community Change, Second Edition Stoecker ................................... 7 Research Methods in Accounting, Second Edition Smith ...................................................... 60 Research Methods in Early Childhood, Mukherji & Albon ..................................................... 65 Research Methods in Education, Check & Schutt .................................................................. 61 Research Methods in Educational Leadership and Management Briggs et al...................... 66 Research Methods in Psychology, Fourth Edition Breakwell, Smith & Wright .................... 75 Research with Children, O'Reilly, Dogra & Ronzoni .............................................................. 64 Researching Education in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Wallace .......................................... 66 Researching Educational Leadership and Management, Brundrett & Rhodes.................... 66 Researching Gender, Four-Volume Set Hughes ...................................................................... 80 Researching Health, Second Edition Saks & Allsop ............................................................... 68 Researching Organisations, Jones........................................................................................... 59 Researching Power, Elites and Leadership, Williams ............................................................. 60 Researching Racism, Quraishi & Philburn................................................................................ 6 Researching Social Life, Third Edition Gilbert ........................................................................... 3 Researching Social Media, Vis & Thelwall ................................................................................ 9 Researching Society and Culture, Third Edition Seale .............................................................. 3 Researching Sport, Exercise & Health, Atkinson .................................................................... 79 Researching the Visual, Second Edition Emmison, Mayall & Smith ..................................... 36 Researching Young People, Three-Volume Set Coffey & Hall................................................ 80 Ridley The Literature Review, Second Edition ......................................................................... 19 Ritchie et al Qualitative Research Practice, Second Edition .................................................. 24 Ritter et al Running Behavioral Experiments With Human Participants ............................... 75 Roberts-Holmes Doing Your Early Years Research Project, Second Edition ....................... 65 Rose Visual Methodologies, Third Edition................................................................................ 36 Rossi, Lipsey & Freeman Evaluation, Seventh Edition .......................................................... 41 Rubin & Rubin Qualitative Interviewing, Third Edition ............................................................ 33 Rudestam & Newton Surviving Your Dissertation, Third Edition........................................... 13 Running Behavioral Experiments with Human Participants, Ritter et al................................ 75

Salkind Tests & Measurement for People Who (Think They) Hate Tests & Measurement, Second Edition ........................................................................................................................... 57 Salmons Cases in Online Interview Research ......................................................................... 39 Sampling and Choosing Cases in Qualitative Research, Emmel............................................ 26 Scale Development, Third Edition DeVellis .............................................................................. 54 School-based Research, Second Edition Wilson .................................................................... 62 Schneider Experimental Design in the Behavioral and Sociel Sciences ............................... 82 Schreier Qualitative Content Analysis in Practice ................................................................... 37 Schutt Investigating the Social World, Seventh Edition ............................................................ 5 Schwandt The SAGE Dictionary of Qualitative Inquiry, Fourth Edition .................................. 26 Science of Evaluation, The Pawson ......................................................................................... 41 Scott Social Network Analysis, Third Edition ........................................................................... 46 Scott & Carrington The SAGE Handbook of Social Network Analysis ................................. 46 Scott, Simonoff & Marx The SAGE Handbook of Multilevel Modeling ................................. 54 Seale Researching Society and Culture, Third Edition .............................................................. 3 Seven Steps to a Comprehensive Literature Review, Onwuegbuzie & Frels ........................ 19 Sharp Success with your Education Research Project, Second Edition................................ 64 Shove, Pantzar & Watson The Dynamics of Social Practice ................................................... 5 Sieber Planning Ethically Responsible Research, Second Edition ......................................... 16 Sikes Autobiography Research, Four Volumes ........................................................................ 82 Silverman A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book about Qualitative Research, Second Edition ......................................................................................................... 23 Silverman Doing Qualitiatve Research, Fourth Edition ........................................................... 22 Silverman Interpreting Qualitative Data, Fourth Edition ......................................................... 22 Silverman Qualitative Research, Third Edition ........................................................................ 23 Situating Everyday Life, Pink..................................................................................................... 32 Siu & Comerasamy Doing a Research Project in Nursing and Midwifery ............................. 70 Skott & Ward Active Learning Exercises for Research Methods in Social Sciences .............. 3 Smart, Peggs & Burridge Observation Methods, Four-Volume Set ..................................... 81 Smith Qualitative Psychology, Second Edition ........................................................................ 75 Smith Research Methods in Accounting, Second Edition ...................................................... 60 Smith, Flowers & Larkin Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis .................................... 29 Snijders & Bosker Multilevel Analysis, Second Edition .......................................................... 54 Social Network Analysis and Education Carolan .................................................................... 47 Social Network Analysis, Prell .................................................................................................. 46 Social Network Analysis, Third Edition Scott ........................................................................... 46 Social Research Methods, Second Edition Bernard ................................................................. 3 Social Research, Curtis & Curtis ............................................................................................... 3 Social Research, Second Edition David & Sutton..................................................................... 2 Social Work Research in Practice, Second Edition D'Cruz & Jones ..................................... 72 Soriano Conducting Needs Assessments, Second Edition.................................................... 41 Statistical Analysis of Continuous Data, Four-Volume Set Penn & Berridge ........................ 82 Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics, Fourth Edition Salkind .................... 56 Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics, Third Edition Salkind....................... 56 Statistics for Research, Third Edition Argyrous ...................................................................... 50 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences, Privitera ..................................................................... 51 Statistics for the Health Sciences, Dancey, Reidy & Rowe ................................................... 69 Statistics, Third Edition Coolidge ............................................................................................. 53 STATLAB Online, Gregory & Neath ......................................................................................... 53 Step-by-Step Guide to Statistics for Business, A Landers..................................................... 59 Sternberg Writing Successful Grant Proposals from the Top Down and Bottom Up ........... 11 Stoecker Research Methods for Community Change, Second Edition ................................... 7 Stokes How to Do Media and Cultural Studies, Second Edition ............................................ 73 Strategies of Qualitative Inquiry, Fourth Edition Denzin & Lincoln ........................................ 27 Stringer Action Research, Fourth Edition ................................................................................ 33 Student Study Guide with SPSS Workbook for Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences, Privitera ..................................................................................................................................... 51 Student's Guide to Methodology, A, Third Edition Clough & Nutbrown ................................. 7 Study Skills Toolkit for Students with Dyslexia, the Gribben .................................................. 67 Success with your Education Research Project, Second Edition Sharp................................ 64 Successful Qualitative Research, Braun & Clarke .................................................................. 24 Successful Research Projects in Health and Social Care, Bannigan..................................... 70 Sue & Ritter Conducting Online Surveys, Second Edition ..................................................... 39 Sullivan Media Audiences ......................................................................................................... 74 Sullivan Qualitative Data Analysis Using a Dialogical Approach ............................................ 29 Sullivan, Gibson & Riley Doing Your Qualitative Psychology Project ................................... 75 Survey Research Methods, Fourth Edition Fowler Jr.............................................................. 43 Surviving Your Dissertation, Third Edition Rudestam & Newton........................................... 13 Symon & Cassell Qualitative Organizational Research ..........................................................60 Systematic Approaches to a Successful Literature Review, Booth, Papaioannou & Sutton......................................................................................................................................... 19 Szafran Answering Questions with Statistics .......................................................................... 53

S
SAGE Biographical Research, Four-Volume Set Goodwin ..................................................... 84 SAGE Dictionary of Qualitative Inquiry, The Fourth Edition Schwandt .................................. 26 SAGE Handbook of Action Research, The Second Edition Reason & Bradbury.................. 33 SAGE Handbook of Digital Dissertations and Theses, Andrews at al ................................... 40 Sage Handbook of Digital Technology Research, The Jewitt, Price & Brown ..................... 39 SAGE Handbook of Grounded Theory, The Bryant & Charmaz ............................................ 32 SAGE Handbook of Historical Theory, The Partner & Foot .................................................... 15 SAGE Handbook of Interview Research, The Second Edition Marvasti, Holstein, Gubrium & McKinney Marvasti............................................................................................................... 34 SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & Behavioral Research, The Second Edition Tashakkori & Teddlie ............................................................................................................... 40 SAGE Handbook of Multilevel Modeling, The Scott, Simonoff & Marx ................................ 54 SAGE Handbook of Organizational Research Methods, The Buchanan & Bryman .............60 SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Data Analysis, The Flick ........................................................ 30 SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research, The Fourth Edition Denzin & Lincoln ................. 26 SAGE Handbook of Social Network Analysis, The Scott & Carrington ................................ 46 SAGE Handbook of Visual Research Methods, The Margolis & Pauwels ............................ 35 SAGE Internet Research Methods, Four-Volume Set Hughes ................................................ 84 SAGE Qualitative Research Methods, Four-Volume Set Atkinson & Delamont ................... 83 SAGE Quantitative Research Methods, Four-Volume Set Vogt .............................................. 83 SAGE Secondary Data Analysis, Four-Volume Set Goodwin ................................................. 84 SAGE Visual Methods, Four-Volume Set Hughes .................................................................... 84 Saks & Allsop Researching Health, Second Edition ............................................................... 68 Saldana The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers, Second Edition .......................... 29 Salkind Excel Statistics, Second .............................................................................................. 56 Salkind Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics, Fourth Edition .................... 56 Salkind Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics, Third Edition....................... 56

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

91

Index

T
Taber Classroom-based Research and Evidence-based Practice, Second Edition.....61 Tanner Using Statistics to Make Educational Decisions.................................................62 Tashakkori & Teddlie The SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & Behavioral Research, Second Edition.................................................................................................40 Teaching in Higher Education, Becker & Denicolo.........................................................10 Tests & Measurement for People Who (Think They) Hate Tests & Measurement, Second Edition Salkind .................................................................................................................. 57 Textual Analysis, Four Volumes Bauer, Suerdem & Bicquelet ..................................... 83 Theory-Based Data Analysis for the Social Sciences, Second Edition Aneshensel.... 51 The Science of Evaluation Pawson.................................................................................. 41 Thomas Case Study Methods in Edcuation, 4 Volume Set ............................................ 80 Thomas How to do your Case Study ............................................................................... 34 Thomas How to Do Your Research Project, Second Edition ......................................... 12 Tinkler Using Photographs in Social and Historical Research ...................................... 37 Torrance Qualitative Research Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set ..................... 80 Transcribing for Social Research, Hepburn & Bolden ..................................................... 6 Treadwell Introducing Communication Research, Second Edition............................... 74

How to Order...
SAGE books are available from all good bookshops. You can also order direct from SAGE. If the books you have ordered are in stock, we will send them to you immediately. If a book is not in stock, we will record your order and supply it as soon as it becomes available. Call to order direct, quoting your credit/debit card number and the reference number on the reverse of the catalogue
Customer Services (books): +44 (0)20 7324 8703 Customer Services (journals): +44 (0)20 7324 8701 For general enquiries call: +44(0)20 7324 8500

U
Understanding Criminological Research, Chamberlain ................................................ 74 Understanding Research for Nursing Students, Ellis ..................................................... 71 Understanding Social Work Research, Second Edition McLaughlin ............................ 68 Urquhart Grounded Theory for Qualitative Research .................................................... 31 Using Basic Statistics in the Social Sciences, Fifth Edition Evans ................................ 50 Using Case Study in Education Research, Hamilton & Corbett-Whittier ................... 63 Using Documents and Records in Social Research, Four-Volume Set Prior ................ 83 Using IBM. SPSS. Statistics for Research Methods and Social, Fourth Wagner III..... 49 Using Narrative in Research, Bold ................................................................................... 35 Using Photographs in Social and Historical Research, Tinkler ..................................... 37 Using Propensity Scores in Quasi-Experimental Designs Holmes ............................... 55 Using Software in Qualitative Research, Second Edition Lewins & Silver ................... 26 Using Stata for Quantitative Analysis, Longest .............................................................. 54 Using Statistics to Make Educational Decisions, Tanner ............................................... 62

Or fax your order to:


Customer Services (books): +44 (0)20 7324 8700 Customer Services (journals): +44 (0)20 7324 8733

Or Order POST-FREE online at


www.sagepub.co.uk

V
Varieties of Narrative Analysis, Holstein & Gubrium ..................................................... 35 Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book about Qualitative Research, A, Second Edition Silverman ........................................................................................... 23 Vik Regression, Anova and the General Linear Model.................................................... 55 Virtual Research Methods, Four-Volume Set Hine.......................................................... 81 Vis & Thelwall Researching Social Media ........................................................................ 9 Visual Methodologies, Third Edition Rose....................................................................... 36 Visual Research Methods 2, Four-Volume Set Hamilton ............................................... 81 Vogt SAGE Quantitative Research Methods, Four-Volume Set ..................................... 83 Vogt & Johnson Correlation and Regression Analysis, Four-Volume Set .................... 82

DISCOUNTS
Discounts are available for bulk purchases. To arrange, please contact Adam Birchall, Key Account Manager adam.birchall@sagepub.co.uk.

W
Wagner III Using IBM. SPSS. Statistics for Research Methods and Social, Fourth..... 49 Walden Focus Group Research, Four-Volume Set ......................................................... 82 Walker An Introduction to Health Services Research .................................................... 69 Wallace Researching Education in the Lifelong Learning Sector .................................. 66 Walliman Your Research Project, Third Edition .............................................................. 12 Walliman Your Undergraduate Dissertation, Second .................................................... 13 Warner Applied Statistics, Second Edition ..................................................................... 53 Watts & Stenner Doing Q Methodological Research .................................................... 43 Web Social Science, Ackland .......................................................................................... 45 Web Survey Methodology, Callegaro, Lozar Manfreda & Vehovar ............................ 44 Weinstein Flash Programming for the Social & Behavioral Sciences ........................... 40 Wentz How to Design, Write, and Present a Successful Dissertation Proposal ........... 13 Wetherell Affect and Emotion.......................................................................................... 76 White Do the Math! ........................................................................................................... 50 Williams Researching Power, Elites and Leadership ..................................................... 60 Wilson Essentials of Business Research, Second Edition ............................................. 59 Wilson School-based Research, Second Edition ........................................................... 62 Witzel & Reiter The Problem-Centred Interview ............................................................ 34 Writing Successful Grant Proposals from the Top Down and Bottom Up Sternberg .. 11 Wu Event History Analysis, Four-Volume Set .................................................................. 83

FROM A LOCAL AUTHORITY OR SCHOOL?


Fax or post your order on headed paper to the address provided above, along with your purchase order number

PAYMENT METHODS
Your order must be prepaid, and we accept payment by cheque (in sterling) payable to SAGE Publications Ltd. Credit/ Debit Card (Mastercard, Eurocard, American Express, VISA, Switch/Maestro, Delta) or payment by International Giro, to account no 548 0353. Introductory offers valid until end of month of publication.

Y
Yin Applications of Case Study Research, Third Edition ................................................ 35 Yin Case Study Research, Fourth Edition ....................................................................... 34 Your Research Project, Third Edition Walliman .............................................................. 12 Your Statistical Consultant, Second Edition Newton & Rudestam .............................. 50 Your Undergraduate Dissertation, Second Walliman .................................................... 13

92

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

The essential online tool for researchers from the worlds leading methods publisher
From basic explanations to advanced discussion, SAGE Research Methods will lead you to the content you need

More content and new features added for 2013!

I have never really seen anything like this product before and I think it is really valuable.
John Creswell, University of Nebraska-Lincoln
Watch video interviews with leading methodologists

Discover SAGE Research Methods Lists methods readings suggested by other users

Explore the Methods Map to discover links between methods

Based on a custom-designed taxonomy with over 1,400 qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods terms

More than 140,000 pages of book, journal and reference content to support your learning

find out more at www.sageresearchmethods.com

Request one of our new catalogues online at www.sagepub.co.uk or phone us on +44 (0)20 7324 8500

Cover Image: Shutterstock

You might also like